HomeMy WebLinkAboutRICKS COLLEGE (BYUI) BENSON – BASEMENT REMODEL – PROJECT MANUAL - 1988RICKS
COLLEGE
Cr
BASEMENT REMODEL
R EX B UR G, IDA
HO
PROJECT MANUAL
ICKS PROJECT NO. 7142 3
0101
CSHQA JOB NO. 8776
SET No. __19L_
A i Ir'I [C-i- _.
August 26, 1088
PROJECT MANUAL FOR
PLANT SCIENCE BUILDING BASEMENT REMODEL
RICKS COLLEGE
Rexburg, Idaho
OWNER
RICKS COLLEGE
Rexburg, Idaho 83440
ARCHITECTS
CSHQA Architects/Planners
150 S. Arthur - Suite 207
Pocatello, Idaho 83204
STRUCTURAL ENG.
L. H. Bai l iT Associates
P.O. Box 4052
Pocatello, ID 83201
MECHANICAL ENG.
Engineered Systems
315 West Center
Pocatello, IL' 83204
APPROVALS
V \�- "
HRISTENSEN / President, Ricks College
ELECTRICAL ENG.
Nielson Engineering
120 N. 12th Ave. -
Pocatello, 1D 83201
DR. D. KIM BLACK / Ag. Division Chairman, Ricks College
Date
. - 1171fF-
ate
Cz'I — AVC, I58e
CHARLES I. FROST Director, Physical Plant, Ricks College Date
EL 70�ZINSAdministrator, C.E.S. Date
PLANT SCIENCE BASEMENT REMODEL
RICKS PROJECT NO. 7142 31 0101
CSHQA JOB NO. 8776
Copy No. _
r
4 '
_
4
1
CONTENTS
COVER
TITLE PAGE AND SIGNATURES
INDEX
DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1B. 1-7 MP Instructions to Bidders
P1' 1-4
Campus Map
-
GC/ 1-43
corm of Proposal
SGC/1-4
General Conditions
pB;l_2
Supplementar
Performance y General Conditions
/1-3
Bond
-:� Labor and Material Payment Bond
PE
PE
Contract for Construction
Progress Estimate
DIVISION
2 - SITE WORK
02070
Selective Demolition
DIVISION
3 - CONCRETE
03310
Concrete
DIVISION
4 - MASONRY
DIVISION
5 - METALS
0.5120
05400
Stri)ctural Steel
05500
Cold -Formed Metal Framinq_
Metal Fabrication
05520
Handrails and Railings
DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS
06100
Rough Carpentry
06200
Finish Carpentry
06400
Architectural Woodwork
DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07200 Insulation
07510 Built-up Asphalt Roofing Systems
07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal
07700 Roof Specialties and Accessories
Joint Sealers
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
08110 Steel Doors and Frames
08210 Woad Doors
08410 Aluminum Entrances and Storefronts
08710 Finish Hardware
08800 Glass and Glazing
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
09510 Acoutical Ceilings
o9635 Brick Flooring
09650 Resilient Flooring
09900 Painting
DIVISION 10 - Not Used.
DIVI'tiION 11 - Not Used.
DIVISION 12 - Not Used.
DIVISION 14 - Not Used.
DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL
DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL
INSTRUCTIONS TU 131JUER5
SECTION 1 -- BIDDING BY INVITATION
a. Bidding shall be by written invitation only. Those desiring to be considered
for such invitation shall make written application thereof to:
Physical Plant Director
Ricks College
Rexburg, Idaho 83440
b. The fact a Bidder is recognized as qualified to bid will not guarantee such
Bidder will be invited to bid, nor will prequalification of, or invitation to
a Bidder guarantee award of the contract to such Bidder -should it be determine
that he is the low Bidder.
SECTION 2 -- CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
a. Contract documents (plans and specifications) may be obtained by contractors
from:
Physical Plant Director
Ricks College
Rexburg, Idaho 83440
b. A deposit of $l 00.00 paid in advance, will be required on each complete set of
documents taken, with a limit of three (3) sets. Cash deposit requirement is
waived for members of the Associated General Contractors.
c. Subcontract Bidders and material suppliers who desire to obtain contract docu-
ments (plans and specifications) or parts thereof, for their exclusive use, may
do so by requesting same in writing and paving costs of printing to the appro-
priate institution as identified in paragraph "a" above.
d. All contract documents must be returned to the place from which they were issuer
within fifteen (15) days after the bid opening, or the deposit will be forfeiter
Those documents purchased outright by the Bidders are exempted.
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST OF
LATTER-DAY SAINTS
RICKS, PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1B/1
Contract documents
at no charge at one
r=or,struction Section
Phvsicsl Plant Department
229 Brewster Building
Provo, UT 84602
(plans and specifications) may be examined
of the following places:
CSHGA ARCHITECTS/PLANNERS
150 S. Arthur - Suite 207
Pocatello, ID 63204
( 208) 232-15981
A.G.C.
110 North 27th St.
Boise, ID 63706
(206) 344-2531
Intermountain Contractor
Idaho Branch
415 N. Curtis Road
Boise, ID 63706
(208) 377-5272
Dodge/Scan Plan Room
1935 East Vine - Suite 250
Sait Lake City, UT 84121
( 801) 278-5333
Section 3 -- CONTRACT METHOD
Physical Plant Director
Ricks College
Rexburg, ID 83440
A.G.C.
Capital Ave.
Idaho Falls, ID 63402
( 2108) 529-2320
A. G. C.
1135 South West Temple
P.O. Box 1046
Salt Lake City, UT 64115
Intermountain Contractor
1743 W. Alexander St.
P.O. Box 26237
Salt Lake City, UT 84126-0237
(601) 972-4400
All work specified is to be performed under
and bids will be accepted by Owner from prime
STANDARD CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Revised January 1, 1982
one general contract,
contractors only.
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
IB/2
SECTION 4 -- INTERPRETATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
a. If any prospective Bidder is in doubt as to the true meaning of any of the
contract documents, or finds errors, discrepancies in, or omissions from
them, he shall submit to the below listed office of the appropriate insti-
tution a written request for interpretation or correction. ANY INTERPRETATIONS
OR CORRECTIONS WILL BE MADE ONLY BY WRITTEN ADDENDUM DULY ISSUED BY THE
-BELOW LISTED OFFICE. A copy of such addendum will be mailed
or hand delivered-io each person receiving a set of contract documents
from the Owner. Requests for such interpretation or correction must be in
the appropriate below listed office no later than five (5) days before bid
opening.
Physical Plant Director
Ricks College
Rexburg, Idaho 83440
b. Should discrepancies appear in the contract documents which are not resolved
by addendum, then it is expressly understood that the Contractor has used the
most expensive method and/or material in his bid.
SECTION 5 -- REQUIREMENTS BEFORE SUBMITTING PROPOSAL
The Contractor will become thoroughly familiar with the site and structures locate:
thereon (if any) and all contract documents shall be thoroughly examined in re-
lation to all conditions which might directly or indirectly affect the contract
work. The proposal sum shall reflect all such conditions.
SECTION 6 -- PROPOSALS
To receive consideration, a proposal must be made in accordance with the following
instructions: `
a. Proposals shall be made on a separate proposal form, specifically written
for the project being bid.
b. Proposals shall have all items or blanks filled in. Numbers shall be stated
both in writing and in figures.
c. The completed proposals shall be without interlineations, alterations, and
erasures.
d. The signatures shall be in longhand and by those duly authorized to execute
the Contract.
e. Proposals will not contain any recapitulation of the work to be done-. Al-
ternative proposals will not be considered unless specifically requested.
STANDARD CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS
Revised January 1, 1932
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST OF
LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
IB/3
PROPOSALS Continued) will be consider(
SECTION 6 - or modifications
telegraphic or telephonic.proposals
f. No oral, Proposal is received at
to see that his p p. time will be re-
9- is the Bidder's sole resp
onsibility erring
g' o er time. Any bid received after the schedule oP
the proper erred.
turned to the Bidder unop those subcontractors who have demon -
are financially capable of handl-
t from °nly past experience, any
h. Bidders shall accep proposals eey nnel, plant, p
strated to the Bidder's
technicalt ability, pers It will be assumed thatath'
ing the work, have the portions of the work.
ry
out their p ro osal:
reputation to carry contractors, where cons beeneresolvedabeforenpcoP
P
question of bondinga d the cost of such bonds has
by the Contractor, where
haye been submitted to the Owner.
with his proposal, a list of subcWi�hatherdollar
ro osal) together ro osal.
i. Each Bidder shall equired,on the form °f him in formulating his Proposal'
provided, and if required
amounts of their bids which were used by waive any
or to
right to reject any or all proposals, er re5erves the
The Owner reserves the rig received. Thebest serve the
he irregularities or informalities in proposals in the Owner's opinion,the lowest cub-
e t the pr°POsal that will, is
Tight to accept re ardless of whether such Proposal
interests of the Owner, g
mitted. and telephone number shall be Stated
k. .the Bidder's legal name, business address,
in full. 'two or more bidders bidding a
to be considered valid,
written approval of the joint
l In order for the proposal their bid. All members of a
a,joint venture" must have the Dint
riot to submitting
office as listed heren prior
proposal and an official representative of the
venture shall sign theP p Proposal.-
venture shall be designated in the pro P
physical Plant Director
Ricks College
83440
gexburg, the
work contained in 1-
e understood to include all -rhe contract wi
The term "base bid shall b an alternates or substitutes• alternates or
M. excluding Y without reference to
contract documents, �+base bid" only
be awarded on the basis of the con
ted by the .Owner may xecuted -
substitutes. be in in contra
acce
a Change order or form of part of the e
n Any substitutes or alternates P
tract documents either by
agreement. person or by a written real
either in p Once opened, t
° proposals may be
withdrawn by the Bidder, of proposalsdays
a n after open:
but not after the time fixed O2 opening
- prior to, drawn and must remain fixed as submitted for 30 y CHFIST OF
may not be with OF JESUS
THE CHURCH
UIRa ENTS LATTER-DAY SAINTS
STANDARD CONTRACi'R1982 C CH EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
Revised January INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
IB/4 -
—
PROPOSALS (Continued
c• Envelopes must contain nothing but the proposal.
shall be opaque, bear theBidder'sF F a-, - ,res
identified as name, -
follows; be sealer, arL,f
Ricks College
Plant Science BuiIdinq Basement Rem,_,de1
Proiect #7142 31 0101
P. Proposals will be received prior to 1:30 p.m., Se
1988, MDT; at the office of ptember the Physical plant Director, and
will be opened immediately there after in Room #212
Physical Plant Building, of the
SECTION 7 -- APPROVAL OF SUBCONTRACTORS
a• As soon after the bid opening as practicable, interview the the Owner will
aoParent low Bidder and if deemed advisable,
the second or third low Bidders.
The will be examined. The Owner reserves the trigl-itut00
00
reject any subcontract proposal. oacceptor
b.
In case a Bidder has any doubt regarding the correctness or
acceptability of any subcontract proposal, the Bidder
submit the names and amount m`ay
subcontractors, making sure h°f other come=tinc
owever, that he clearly sates
which one he has used in formulating his proposal.
SECTION 8 -- FACTORS AFFECTING CONTRACT AWARD
The Bidder's and eubcontractor's past performance, organization,
equipment, and ability to perform and complete their contract in
the manner and within the time specified will be vital elements,
together with the amount of their bids, in the award of the
contract.
SECTION 9 -- PERFORMANCE BOND AND LABOR A14D MATERIALS PAYMENT BOND
The Contractor will be required to furnish to
Performance bond and a labor and materials the 0``.`Fr a
bond shall be in an amount equal to 100� of tr1payment bond. Each
security for the faithful contract sum; and be
Payment of all obligations arising,thereund�r• the contract and the
issuing the bond will be subject to The surety comranv
Bond shall be based the approval of the
documents; preferably, on the
forms bfilling jned
in the. contrThe
cost of such bonds shall be the obliy in the blanks, Try
they shall be furnished and approved of within ten the Contractordaysr the
execution of the contract.
STANDARD CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Revised January 1, 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER—DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
Tnir
SECTION 10 -- PRIOR APPROVALS AND SUBSTITUTIONS
a. In order to est
ablish a standard, wherever possible three or more accehave
ptable
of equipment, manufactured articles orsuchsuchdcases, its of tiscnot nintended
brands q
against other brands ' agedlbecausemith�tsin
been identified in the contract documents.
to close the
trconsct ideration.ents agCompetition
which may
the Owner's interest.
for prior approval of items not explicilfhec
b. Prior Approvals: 'Requests P the seventh day preceding Toval shall
The requests for prior approval
may be made to the Architect
ehitect p t to and time permits. They are not
date on which bids Engineer if
be considered by the Architect and/or g.
bound to give consideration to these proposals
hnical data, references, and information shall be furnished
c. Fully detailed technical nests for prior approval items.
simultaneously with the requests or Engineer
. en due consideration by the Architect and/
d. Such requests wllbe t of acceptance, will be included in an addendum.
i
and Owner and, the evenof only those items
ied or which have received prior approval by
e. The Contractor's "base bid" shall include the furnishing
which are ex licitl s ecif
addendumion to the -
„base any equipment. or material
at his opton, submit a
f. Substitutions: (contractor or subcontract or, may, a feels warrants consideratic
supplier and any c item specified which h
substitute proposal for any
by the Owner. This proposed substitution is to be listed where indicate on
the form of proposal.
ractor shall inc
the amount
g. Any l,�oposed subst
itute submitted by a cont sada substitute.bv
which the "base bid" would be added to or deducted from by
ro osed; however, in determining
accept or reject any substitute p P
h The Owner may P ward of the Contract.
one the "base bid" will be considered. Substitutions willnot
the low Bidder, Y
be considered in determining the low Bidder or shall furnish in-
i. On demand of the Owner, the Contractor, at his own him asnaesubstitute. If the
the item offered by ense, shall have said
formation or data concerning the
at his own eXp h sical and performance
Owner shall so require, owner as to its physical
item tested under the dirtesting of the la oratory.
characteristics by an approved
SECTION 11 -- LOCAL LABOR both
possible. employ student and other labor
The Contractor shall, insofar as is P the
common and skilled,
referred to him by the Last
shall lbeemade through
such labor is competent. The request far s
Institution's Placement Center. THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST OF
STANDARD CONTRACT REQUIREMENTS LATTER-DAY SAINTS
'IE
Revised January 1, 1982 CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYS%1
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
TA IF;
SECTIOf� 12-- FORM OF CONTRACT
The form of contract, which the successful Bidder, as :,
Contractor,
will be required to execute, will be based on the form _,�;c
herewith in the specifications. 't,
SE'TI;:,-PN 13 -- LIQ ,IDATED DAMAGES
AGEt.
a. It is recognized and agreed by the parties hereto that it ;
Of importance to the Owner to have this project comt.Leted
within the time schedule agreed upon; that the Owner will be
materially damaced if the project is not completed in
compliance therewith; and that the exact nature and amount of
the damages which will result from anv delay in the
completion thereof within the time specified are uncertain
and difficult, if not impossible to ascertain. Therefore, if
said time schedule is not adhered to by the Contractor, r.lus
an additional time which may be allowed by written exfensi'n.
siqned by the Owner's Representative, the Contractor shall
pay to the Owner as fixed, agreed, and liquidated damages
(and not as a penalty) the followinQ:
L100.00 per each and every calendar day the project remains
uncompleted.
b. Said liquidated damage provision shall remain in effect and
continue until final completion and acceptance of tree pro=e:
by the Owner. The Contractor hereby authorizes the Owner to
retain sufficient amounts of the moneys due if and remaining in
hands of the Owner to pay the damages caused default or defaults, by any such
C. The work shall be completed on or before February 1, 1989.
SECTION 14 -- ADDENDA
Any addenda issued during the time of bidding, or forming a part of
the contract documents, loaned to the Bidder for the preparation of
his proposal, shall be covered in the proposal and shall be ma
part of the Contract, d= a
SECTION 15 -- REQUIREMENTS IMMEDIATELY AFTER SIGNING THE CON_TzA-T
Immediately after entering into a contract with the Contractor shall furnish the following: Owner, the
a• An executed performance bond and an executed labor and
materials payment bond, each in an amount equal to one
hundred percent (100.%) of the contract sum as called for in
Section 9 above.
STAINDARD CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Revised January
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIbT
OF LATTER—DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
IB/7
called for in the gene_
b, sl
Insurance certificates as to bidders for ea=r'
conditions and/or special instructions
project.
oproposal into its var:ovs
f the total
C. Acost breakdown W„rk which may
serve as a basis for mc` '=r�`
components of the
monthly payments to the Contractor.
STANDARD CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
Revised January 1. 198Z
THE CHURCH OF JESUS C'r.R_ST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
i�TEN
CHTiRCH EDUCATIONAL
INSTF.UCTIONS TO PID�En-
IP./8
MP
FORM OF PROPOSAL
NAME OF PROJECT: PLANT SCIENCE BUILDING, BASEMENT REMODEL
PROJECT NUMBER: 7142 31 0101
NAME OF CONTRACTOR:
DATE OF PROPOSAL:
The undersigned, hereinafter referred to as the Bidder, certifies that
the following facts and/or circumstances have occured or exist relating
to the proposed work for the Plant Science Basement Remodel for
Ricks College, Rexburg, Idaho, prepared by CSQHA ARCHITECTS/
PLANNERS, 150 S. Arthur - Suite 207, Pocatello, ID 83204.
1. That Bidder has received the Contract Documents for the above
entitled project as listed in the Table of Contents.
2. That Bidder is familiar with such Documents, has examined the
site of the proposed work, including availability of access,
utilities, and other similar items relating to performance of
the work and is thoroughly familiar with all general and local
conditions which could in any way affect this work.
3- That no verbal agreements or representations with or by any
Officer, agent or employee of the Owner exist or have been
made to the Bidder and the Bidder in submitting this propo-
sal is in no way relying thereon.
4. That if this proposal is accepted, Bidder will enter into a
Contract with the Owner in substantially the form contained
in the Contract Documents, and will provide the bonds, in-
surance coverage and all other items required by the Contract
Documents.
5. The term "base bid" shall be understood to include all work
contained in the Contract Documents excluding any substitutes.
The Contract will be awarded on the basis of basis of base bid
only, without reference to substitutes, or alternates.
Bidder hereby proposes to furnish all materials1. , labor, equipment, plant,
tools, transportation, services, licenses and permits necessary for the
completion of all work set forth in the Contract Documents for the sum of:
BASE BID
PLANT SCIENCE BASEMENT REMODEL
RICKS COLLEGE THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATION SYSTEM
FORM OF PRnPnSar. pi,
AS FURTHER CONDITIONS OF THIS PROPOSAL: 1989.
work on or before January 12
1. The Bidder agrees to complete the liquidated
2. The Bidder is aware of and agr
ees to, the provisions of
damages set forth in Section 19 of the Instructions to Bidders.
wledges receipts of addendas No. (s) prepa
inclusive and has
3. The Bidder ackno considered the same in p
to
of this proposal.
agrees to furnish the performance and labor and material
4. The Bidder agreeQuired in Section 14 of the Instructions to Bidders.
payment bon
S. The Bidder contractor's license
statenumber
of is:
Such license is issued by
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
PI,p,NT SCIENCE BASEMENT nMODEL OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS CHURCH EDUCATION SYSTEM
RICKS COLLEGE
FORM OF PROPOSAL P/2
PROPOSED SUBSTITUTE MATERIALS
The total sum of the Bidder's proposal
installing of all materials, equipment,
Contract documents as a base bid.
shall include the furnishing and
and labor as called for in the
Hereafter give the total amount to be added or deducted for a complete
installation of equipment or materials other than those specified and
those approved by addendum are submitted for the Owner's consideration.
All materials and equipment proposed for substitution shall be listed
below and must meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. During
the time of consideration of the proposals, complete information shall
be submitted immediately to the Architect and Owner's Representative.
The Contractor is referred to Section 10 of the Instruction to Bidders,
Substitution," for requirements relative to proposed substitutions.
Proposed Manufacturer and $ Add $ Deduct
Substitutes Catalog Numbers
PLANT SCIENCE BASEMENT REMODEL THE CHURCH OF .IESUS CHRIST
RICKS COLLEGE OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATION SYSTEM
FORM OF PROPOSAL P% 3
g^ODER'S ORGANIZATION
PEF BID
Official Name of Organization
Corporation, Co -partnership, I
vid� or Other
Address
Name of Individual Members of Firm:
Name of President of Corporation:
Name of Secretary of Corporation:
the laws of the State of:
P
Cor oration is organized under
SIGNATURE MUST BE AFFIXED HERE:
Signature
Title or Office
Legal Address
TEIE CHURCH OF JESUS,CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
PLANT SCIENCE BASEMENT REMODEL
CHURCH EDUCATION SYSTEM
RICKS COLLEGE
- FORM OF PROPOSAL P/4
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH
EDUCATIONAL SYSTEEN1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TITLE
General
SECTION NO.
Principles and Definitions
1
Additional Information, Work Schedule, and Discrepancies
2
Ownership of Drawings and Models
3
Materials and appliances
4
Royalties and Patents
5
Shop Drawings
6
Sample
7
Manfacturer's Directions and Guarantees
8
Coordination of Work
9
'
Examine Site
10
Easements, Permits, and Certificates
11
Grades, Lines Levels and Layout
12
Clarification of Contract Limit Line
13
Permanent Utilities
14
As Built Drawings and On Site Contract Documents
1S
Status and Responsibility of Owner's Representative
16
Architect's Status and Decisions
17
Relations of Contractor and Subcontractor
18
Contractor's Supervision
19
Payments to Contractors
20
21
THE CHURCH
OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY
REVISED:
SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL
January 1 i.982
SYS7B.Nj
, TABLE .OF CONTENTS
TC/1
SECTION NO.
TITLE
22
Changes in the Work
23
Cash Allowances
24
Damages
25
Claims for Extra Cost
26
Deductions for Uncorrected Work
27
Separate Contracts
28
Work by Others
29
owner's Withholding of Payments
30
Owner's Right to do Work
31
Owner's Right to Terminate Contract
Right to Stop Work or Terminate
Contract 32
Contractor's
33
Arbitration
34
Strikes and Lockouts
35
Delays and Extension of Time
36
Correction of Work Before Final Acceptance
37
Correction of Work After Final Acceptance
38
Liens
39
Assignment
40
Occupancy Before Completion
41
Building Codes and Regulations
42
Inspections and Tests
43
Use of Premises and Storage
44
Protection of Work and Property
45
Protection of Lives and Health
THE CI RCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH =UCATIONAL SYSTr1
TABLE OF CONTENTS
REVISED:
TC/2 "
January 1, 1962
TITLE
SECTION NO.
Miscellaneous Services by the Contractor
46
Cutting, Patching and Digging
47
Bonds
48
Building Risk
49
Liability Insurance =
50
Builders Risk Insurance,0ver One Million Dollars
51
Builders Risk Insurance, Under One Million Dollars
52
Hold Harmless Agreement
53
Taxes
54
WorkTtn
55
Contractor Parking
56
Traffic Control
57
Internal Combustion Equipment
58
Mechanical Equipment Back-up Alarms
59
Dust Palliation
60
Refuse
61
Fire Hydrants
62
Glass Breakage-
63
Elevator Maintenance
64
Sunday Work
65
Domestic Steel
66
Cleaning Up
67
REVISED:
January 1, 1982
0
THE CF?URCH 'OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTal
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TC/3
SECTION NO -
TITLE 68
Items to be Furnished by the Owner
69
Contractor Not Agent of Owner 70
Appointment of Owners Representative
actor to Appoint Authorized Agent and Superintendent 71
Contr 72
Inspection = 73
Attorneys Fees 74
Language 75
purchase of Materials by der 76
Severability
rJ
REVISED i oQ.9
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAI�7TS
CHURCH EDUCATIO:`lAL 5YSTV
TABLE OF CO\rrE "''TS
TC/ 4
GLNL•RAL CONDITIONS
SECTION I GENERAL
17iese General Conditions are hereby
cifications with the same force and effect asrifo holly emb die of t1:e
Y odied herein..
SECTION 2 PRINCIPLES ANU DEFINITIONS
a• Contract Documents: The contract documents consist of zl
listed in the Table of Contents and any addenda.
1 docwner�ts
are complementary, The contract doc=lcnts
ing as if called fornb•wall,ls called for by any one shall be as hin�i-
all labor and materials, e The intent of the documents is to include
proper execution of the work pallt, and transportation shallnecessary for the
workmanship to the highest standards, be equal in quality and
comply with the true intent and meaningThe Contractor shall abide by and
taken as a whole, and shall not availimselfof ltothedetrim
ent Of he
work of an drawingsand specifications
y manifestly unintentional error or omission, should an,texist.
All minor details of ,�ork, which are not shown on the draw'
as such items which are not specifically mentioned in tf�cse specifications,
but are obviously necessa drawings as well
be considered as incidental and the proper completion of the orkshall
as being part of the work.
b• Conte; 'fie Contract shall consist of the agreement
the Owner and the Contractor binding both parties nt executed b contract documents.
P to the terns ofytbeth
C. Precedence:
precedence:
(1)
(2)
(3)
Within the contract documents, there shall be the follot.jin
S
Addenda or modifications in accordance with the terms of the contract
documents of any nature,
cedence over the original to the drawings and specifications,
talc pre -
Specifications take precedence over drawings.
Within the working drawings, the larger scale takes recede
smaller; figured dimensions over scaled• graphic indications. and noted materials cover
er
be resolved b• However, where conflicts do exist, they shall
the Architect.
(4) The Architectural drawings shall take precedence over
ings and shall govern in all cases where discrepanciestcur, unless
oc he other draw -
such discrepancies are adjusted before the awarding
Of the Contract.
THE CIIURCII OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
REVISED: CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTL�I
January 1, 1982 GENERAL CONDITIONS
G/C1
d.
S ecification Sections: For
the
letting of subcontracts,
These separations shall not
Representative an arbiter to
and Subcontractors.
thereof shall designate the
e. owner: The word "OwneZ" or pronoun is place
organization for which the work is being performed.
f. Architect: The word "Architect" or pronoun in place thereof shall desig-
ion who prepares the contract documents for
-e person -or organizat
the Owner.
8 Contractor: The word "Contractor" or pronoun in place thereof shall des-
ignate the person or organization with whom the Owner contracts to act -
plish the work.
owner's Representative: The term "Owner's Representative" refers to the
h. supervisory responsibilities
authorized representative of the owner having
for the project.
i. Subcontractor: The term "Subcontractor" as to Hiddersed herein,
includesexcept
only thosedefined
for bidding purposes in the Instructions
with the Contractor and it intoh
includes
e who
having a direct contract design accordingg contract
furnishes material worked to a special
documents, but does not include one who merely furnishes material not so
worked.
Written notice: Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served:j. -
(1) Upon the Contractor if delivered is person to the Contractor's desig-
at
nated representative or to a member
of
the fibusiness�or addressdknownred to the
or sent by registered mail to
the Owner.
(2) Upon the owner if delivered in person to the Owner's Representative,
or if delivered at or sent by registered mail to the last business
address known to the Contractor.
k. The owner, Contractor, Subcontractor, and Architect are treated throughout
as if each were of the singular number and the
the contract documents
masculine gender.
l• W The term "work" includes all labor, materials,
and equipment nec-
to produce the construction required by the contract documents, and
essary incorporated or to be incorporated in such
all materials and equipment so
ve
construction. Materials or work descrlbshaed ll berheld to h refer pto1such arec-
a well known technical or trade 8
ognized standards.
convenience or reference and to facilitate
specifications are separated into sections.
operate to make the Architect or Owner's
establish subcontract limits between Contractor
THE CHURCH OF JE S US V"` CIS T
OF LATTER-DAY SAIVTS
CHURCH EDUC?.TIONAL SYS---
GENERA? COI"TDZTIONS
REVISED:
- 1 1QP9
m. Time Limits: All thtime limits stated in the contract documents arc
e essence of the Contract. of
°• Law: The law of the place of building governs the construction of work
included in the Contract.
roc
o- Base ; The term "base bid"
shall
contained in the contract documentsexcldinrsanyod to include alternates orall
rs work
tutes; the Contract will be awarded on the basis ofbase bubsti-
reference to alternates or substitutes. id onl
y, without
SECTION 3 -- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION WORK SCHEDULE AND DISCS°A1`lCIES
a. Architect shall by means Of Job furnish with reasonable
instructions, including drawings dal instructions,
for the proper execution of the work. grequired,
necessary
will be consistent with the contract documents, true trueldevelopmentsngs and rtions
and reasonably inferable therefrom.
thereof,
b. The work shall be executed in conformity therewith, and Contr
do no work without proper drawings actor shall
in advance of the receipt of these detailsdruciio s. Any
work constructed
Contractor shall be constructed entirely at his own risk. ructions by
c. A detailed progress schedule shall be prepared by Contractor before
mittal of his first monthly payment
the
This shall be done on a
form and in a manner acceptableub-
Owner's Representative,
d. The Contractor and/or Owner's Representative, if either so re
jointly prepare a schedule, subject to change from time to time einsa shall
cord -
ante with the progress of the work, fixin
s g the dates at which the various
detail drawin
g will be required, and the Architect will furnish them in
accordance with that schedule.
ions
prepared, fixing the dates for the dsubmission er like noftshop ,drawingsa schedule shall be
beginning of manufacture and installation of materials and for,
thefor
the
omple-
tion of the various parts of the work.
c
e. If work is required in a
class work lmanner to make it impossible to produce first -
the Contractor mustrequesteanninterprecies tationob
fore
g the contract documents,
the work. If the Contractor fails to make such request, nodinexcuseth
thereafter be entertained for failure to car will
in
manner. Should conflicts occur in, or between drawings and satisfactory
the Contractor is deemed to have estimated the more expensive way
the work unless he shall have asked for and obtained a written decision
before submission of Y f doing
be required. his Proposal as to which method or ma:erialsswill
REVISED.
January 1, 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CH_UST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATION.A.L SYSM1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
CC/3
SECTION 4 -
OWNERSHIP OF DRAWINGS A:`TD MODELS
spec
ifications, and copies thereof, which arc furn-
a. All drawings, models,
ished to the Contractor except onrtSeof°the onowner. documents
e
They are not to be
Contractor's files, are the p p Y
used on other work and are to be returned to the Owner's
Representative.
ltfurnish
Unless otherwise provided in the contract documents,
to the Contractor, free of charge, all copies of drawings and specifications
reasonably necessary for the execution of the work.
SECTION 5 MATERIALS AND APPLIANCES
t as otherwise stipulated elsewhere herein, the Contractor shall
provide
a• labor tools, equipment, light, power,
provide and pay for all materials, ? for the execution
water, transportation, and other facilitiesnec essaror final payment �,
and completion of the work; accompany app es for same have been fully paid
receipted bill setting forth that
hWater and power waste. Maintain
by the Contractor. 'Use care to prevent
valves, connections, and hoses in first-class condition.
contractor shall, unless other-
b. All m_`.erials used by C.,atractor or any Sub
wise specified, be new and of the highest quality. All such materials,
unless otherwise specified to the contrary must be manufactured in the
United States of America.
quantity to facilitate proper
c. Materials shall be furnished in sufficient q Y
and speedy execution of the work• Materials
trademarksmust
intactbe landrsuch labelsto the iLe
in original packaging With labels and
and trademarks must remain intact until the material is used.
d. Contractor shall, if required, furnish evidence of the quality of any
materials, which are is question as to meeting the requirementsof
the or
contract documents. Same shall be removed from the project Y
without expense to Owner, if they are found to be deficient.
SECTION 6 -- ROYALTIES AND PATENTS
The Contractor shall hold and save the Owner harmless from and against alaLented
every demand, of any nature orind for includedrin theaccount
materialthe
or suppliesany
hereby
invention, article, or appliancea such
agreed to be furnished under this Contract. ebe°requisitesandlnecessary to
royalties and secure such valid licenses as ma or material without being
enable the Owner to use such invention, article, or
in law or equity
disturbed or in any way interfered with by any p
on account thereof.
0
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SALNTS
- CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYST:='i
GENERAL CONDITIONS
REVISED: GC/4
.laniia.ry 1. 1982
SECTION 7 -- SHOP DRAWINGS
a. Shop drawings are drawin
Charts , brochures gs, diagrams, illustrations, schedules
and other data which are prepared b 3 performan
any Subcontractor, manufacturer Y the Contractor or
the work- some portion of , supplier or distributor, which illustrac
Contractor. rk. All shop drawings are to be submitted by the
b. Any drawings submitted directly to the Architect b
Contractor will _be returned without review unlYanyone otothethan the
writing by the Owner's Representative. ess specified
rwise in
c- Submittal procedure for shop drawings:
(1) The Owner will provide the Contractor with
sheets. The Contractor shall accurate) andlegiblyprpadsepare
of trane com-
plete set of these transmittal forms (7Ycopies g Y Prepare one com-
number each transmittal consecutive) )• The Contractor steal.
the Architect all copies of the transmittTh al Corn actor shall
ha lCosubmit tc
Yellow copy and the Owner's blue copy.Contractor'
The s co rfor
his own files. The transmittal forms should be attached �pthes for
drawings being submitted. shop
(2) Simultaneously, with the Contractor's shall submit submittal to the Airchto the Owner, the blue co tect, he
one copy of the shop drawings. PY of the transmittal form and
(3) The Architect will make his corrections and not r
reproducible (if the shopdr ations, Ly an
swings were submitted in a reproduciblehe
form) and return same to the Contractor using the Contractor's co
sub -titled "Final Transmittal."
the corrections and notWhen in the Architect'sjudgment'
ations are minor in nature, he will put
stamp "Approved As Noted"
Contractor, on the reproducible, returning same to the
' running a Print of the shop drawings for his own files, and
simultaneously sending a print of the shop drawings to the
Panied y the Owner's white copy of the transmittal form Owner acccr�-
"Final Submittal." sub -titled
(4) If the Architect requires corrections to the shop drawings,
minor in nature, which would necessitate a re -submittal ofthe tshoo
emed
drawings, the Contractor shall use a new set of transmittal fora
reference that this is a second or subsequent submittal.
s makiriz
Contractor shall make any corrections required b
resubmit the corrected copies of the sho Y Architect and shall
ngs
Contractor shall direct specific attention inawriti until approved.
shop drawings to revisions and corrections req estedgbon re -submitted
previous submissions. y Architect on
REVISED;
January 1, 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CIiR-TST
OF LATTER-DAY SAL:ITS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL, SYST`
GENERAL CONDITION'S
GC/5
I
If the Contractor chooses to submit shop drawings on any form that is
(5) required*
not reproducible, then the following number of copies are req
One for the Architect
One for the Owner
One for the Contractor's Home Office
One for the Contractor's Job office
shop drawings as are required in
As many additional sets of approved
the field to expedite the work.
are submitted to the Architect,
When non -reproducible shop drawingsrovad the shop drawings, shall
then the Architect, when he has aPP transmittal fo rn.
send a copy to the Owner along with the proper
d. By submitting shop drawings,
the Contractor thereby represents that he
field construction
has determined.
etermined and verified anlbersdandasimilartdata, or will do so, and
criteria,
materials, catalog with the requirements
that he has checkedtand
c coordinated
each
shop
drawing
of the work and of royal is
e. Do not execute work req uired by shop drawings until written app roved
given. All such portions of the work shall be is accordance wit aPP
shop drawings.
shop drawings show variations from contract remakeements specificcause of
mention of
f. If P or for any other reasons general
standard shop practice, roval will be
such variations in submittal letter. Shop drawings apP
truction o£ work, furnishing of
shall not relieve the Contractor of responsLbilitY for accuracy h sac
It proper fitting,
shop drawings, nor for p p or, shop
materials or work required by contract and not indicroving departuresfrom
Shop drawings approval shall not be construed as apP
spec__ ifically noted to that e
cont
ract requirements, unless
by in writine
by the Architect.
rove shop drawings with promptness so as to
g. Architect will review and apQ _ concept of the
cause no delay, but only for conformance
he contract documents. Archi-
project and with the information
shall not indicate approval of an
tect's approval of a separate
assembly in which the item functions.
h. Shop drawings shall:
(1) " x 36" or 8 1/2" x 11" reproducible sheets
Where practical, be on 24
to facilitate handling and filing.
(2) Where practical, have a space approximately 2 1/2" x 4 1/2" in the
lower right hand corner for the Architect's stamp.
(3) Be numbered consecutively.
REVISED:
January 1, 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRiST
OF LATTER-DAY SAMITS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTr—%
GMNERAL COtMITI0:7S
GC," 6
(4) Be dated_
(5) Have project name.
(6) Have submitting party's name.
(7) Have working and erection dimensions.
(8) Have arrangements and sectional views.
(9) Have all necessary details including complete information for makin
connections to and with other work. S
(10) Show kinds of materials and finishes.
(11) Have descriptive names of equipment.
(12) If applicable, have classified item numbers.
(13) Have locations at which materials or equipment are to be installed
in the work.
SECTION 8 -- SAMPLES
a- Samples are physical examples prepared b
h
manufacturer, supplier or distributor which illustrates ry Subcontractor,
materials, equipment
or workmanship, and to establish standards by which the work will beg
judged.
All samples are to be submitted by the Contractor.
b. Contractor shall review, and submit, with promptness and in orderly
so as to cause no delay in the work or in the work of any other ContractorCe
or Subcontractor, all samples required by the contract documents or subse-
quently by the Architect. These shall be submitted in accordance with the
schedule for submission of samples.
C. Submittal procedure for samples:
(1) The Owner will provide the Contractor with sheets. The Contractor shall accuratel printed pads of sample
complete set of these transmittal forms y(7�colies). bly prepare one
shall number each transmittal consecutively.copies). The Contractor
submit to the Architect all copies of thetransneittalrformre. cent
shall
the Contractor's yellow copy and the
tor's co Owner's blue copy. The Contrac-
py is for his own files. The transmittal forms should be
attached to the samples being submitted.
(2) Simultaneously, with the Contractor's submittal CO the Architect
shall submit to the Owner, the blue copy of the transmittal form and
he
one copy of the samples.
REVISED:
January 1, 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYST:3i
GENERA.. CONDITIONS
GC/7
d. By submitting sampl
es, Contractor thereby represents that tic. Iias determined
and verified all field measurements, field constructiOtiatrtiectias�checkedmaterials
catalog numbers and similar data, or will do so,
and and coordinated each sample with the requirements of the work and of the
contract documents.
e. Where specifications require manufacturer's printed installation direction,
submit duplicate copies of such directions with samples submitted for approv<
f. Cost of samples, together with transportation, delivery, and any other costs
shall be borne by Contractor.
No manufacturer will be approved for any materials to be furnished under
g'
the contract unless he is of g re good utation, has ample plant capacity,
P
and has successfully produced similar products.
h. Do not order materials until receipt of written approval of samples.
If samples show variations from contract requirements because of standard
shop practice or for any other reason, make specific mention of such varia-
tions in submittal letter. Sample approval will be general. It shall not
relieve the Contractor of responsibility for accuotheracy of
such samflthencon-
for proper fitting, construction of work,
tract documents, and not indicated by the submittal of the sample. Sample
approval shall not be construed, as approving departures from contract
requirements unless specifically noted to that effect in writin by the
Architect.
Architect will review and approve samples with promptness so as to cause no
delay, but only for conformance with a design concept of a projectand oval of
the information given in the contract documents.
ofassembly item
separate items shall not indicate approval
Y in
functions. Satisfactory samples will be so marked together with the date
of
approval and returned to the Contractor. ,amples which are not approved
shall be returned to the Contractor with Sthe h changes and changes shallonotcbeoconsideeed
made by the originator clearly marked
as an extra. The Contractor shall re -submit the samples until they are
approved.
i.
j-
k. The samples shall:
(1) Be numbered consecutively.
(2) Be dated.
(3) Have project name.
(4) Have submitting party's name.
(5) Show kinds of materials and finishes.
REVISED:
laniiary 1. 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS C:iRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SALNTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTE.`I
CENERAL CONDITIONS
CC/8
(6) Have the manufacturer's identification number.
1. One approved copy of all samples. shall be on file with the
Contractor shall furnish as many other samples as are requirOwner.
der
field to a The
expedite the wor'{, in the
SECTION 9 -- MANUFACTURER'S DIRECTIONS AND GUARANTEES
a• All manufactured items, articles, materials, and equipment shall
installed; connected, erected
used, cleaned, and conditioned as directed
by the manufacturers, unless therein specified to the contrar
b • At the termination y'
i.aation of the work, the Contractor shall submit three complete
sets bound in the best grade, hard -backed binder of all operating
tenance instructions presenting full details for care and maintenance
all visible surfaces and all mechanical and electrical equipment g and main
The sets shall include the following information. nance of
installed
(1) Complete description of items including catalog numbers.
(2) Complete parts list for each item.
(3) Name and address of local supplier.
(4) Name and address of manufacturer.
(3) Complete operating instructions.
(6) Complete maintenance instructions.
c• In the case of
guarantees or warranties ywrkpereoreed by Contractor or an
q Contractor shallSsecureracto
suchr' where
or warranty Properly addressed
these warranty
shall be delivered toed in favor of guar�r�ce
Of the particular ' Owner. Copies of
work. Such delivery
s presentative ilpon completion
ry shall be a condition of final payre:uc
d. Delivery of guarantees or warranties shall not relieve Contractor from any
obligation assumed under any other provisions of
e• Nothing herein intends or implies the Contract.
by
guarantees and/or warranties shall
apply to work abused or neglected
Y Owner.
f• Temporary or trial usage b
devices, machine g y Owner of any mechanical and/or electrical
under this contract apparatus, equipment or other work or materials supplied
shall not be contract,
prior
rd as evO written
acceptance b
Owner's acceptancerof sameesentative
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CH_
REVISED' RIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTa
January 1, 1982 GENERAL CONDITIONS
GC/9
SECTION 10 COORDINATION OF WORK
d of the Contract, the Contractor Structuralaworkre hwithethose
a. Before cifi-
awar eneral and and
ventilation, and air conditioning,
cations and the drawings fheatingg report the same to the
for electrical, plumbing,
if there are any discrepancies between them shall rep
resentative, and obtain from him written instructions for
owner's Rec
necessary changes.
SECTION lI EWIINE SITE
examine the site and the areas adjacent to the site
shall exam
a. The Contractor structures, utilities and other
He shall repair any of these which are
and become familiar with all existing and material as
facilities that are to remain•
by his operation to the st a don sfor comparable pwork.
damaged
set forth in the detailed specific
SECTION 12 EASEME
NTS PERMITS AND CERTIFICATES
nature for the prosecution of the
_^erases
a, permits and licenses of a temporary
aid°f�by the Contractor. pelin'existing
work shall is for permanent
secured
en structures or permanent changesaid for by the
and easements for p the proper Contractor and p
facilities shall be secured
b
Owner, unless otherwise specified.ion that may be required
b. Contractor shall secure all certificates of inspect
having jurisdiction over the work. He shall deliver same t0
by authorities h lesion of the work.
Architect upon comp
required to secure a building permit as required by
who has the authority to grant such a permit, and shall
C. The Contractorbwoa�l be req
the governing
be paid for by the Owner.
or Subcontractor shall secure such permits and
to their
may required by the governing
d. The Mechanical Contractor work as be reqSuch permits and
inspections pertaining require same.
body having such authority to issue or
aid for by the Owner.
inspections are to be p permits and
the governing
work as may be required by its and
The Electrical Contractor or Subcontractor shall secure suchpermits e' pertaining to the Such p
inspections p to issue or require same.
body having such authority the Owner.
inspections are to be paid for by
vation and Earth Moving Contractor iningstoctheirctor worksasll
f. The Exca inspections pert to issue
secure such permits and insp body having such authorityt for
may be required by the governing ections are to be p
aidor require same. Such permits and insp
by the Owner.
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTD1
GZNERAL CONDITIONS
REVISED: iQR2 GC/10
a.
M
C.
M
e.
The Owner shall establish base lines and vbench
about the project. From this basic marker at convenient point:
work (including data the Contractor shall lay out the
other facludin es) as ssho"m uonsthetilits, sidewalks, roads, grading and a
rrors or
inconsistencies indrawingsor as directed. g g
to the Owner's Representativenand levels,
or dimensions shall�beereported
is commenced. proper adjustments thereof made before w
Structure locations and elevations shall be established b
but must be verified by the Owners Representative in wri
ceeding with construction. Y the Contractor
ting before pro -
Levels shall be established on each floor by the Contractor
others. Each Subcontractor or trade shall verify
all dimensions for the use of
grades, and lines as such may affect ehis lwork, and evels as well
lors
any errors or discrepancies therein to the Owner's Representative
reconcile the same before work continues. p
ive who will
As the work progresses, the Contractor shall lay out on the
floors, the exact locations of allpartitionsforms, or rough
Other Contractors and all trades providing wrkkwhichlids to all trades.
connection with walls and/or partitions shall check such locations
and
immediately notifythe P to be placed in
or c,'�anges necessa Owner's Representative of any conflicts in
or='t to accommodate services, utility lines or equipment
required by the contract documents. to make such check and give notice as Coutl nedrabove shalls and sberequired
failing
assume any costs resulting from their failure to do so, a required to
All such work shall be done by personnel properly trained a
the type of work to be done. and licensed �n
SECTION 14 CLARIFICATION OF CONTRACT LIMIT LINE
Should utility extensions noted as contract limit lines then it is ex Peas lof this contract extend beyond the
done in a minimum area alon P Y understood that this work shall be
operations required to install hthe llines ne dand lforrthas aea thall be confined to the
shall not be used for storage of materials, parking, or an
Contractor shall effect these extensions and ark complete Purpose only. The area
thereto so that Y other use. The
the areas may be returned to their normal useobllastrapidl )rase
Possible.
SECTION 15 PE, ;NFNT UTILITIES
The utilities serving the structure are attached to the various
fur-
nished by others. The Owner shall sous services elevations of sewers, water lines electrical
to the Contractor the locations and
where connections are electrical s
to be made. services, etc., at the points
REVISED:
January 1, 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM!
GENERAL CONDITIONS
GC/ll
AS BUILT DRAWINGS AND ON SITE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
SECTION 16 - of all drawings,
roved shop drawings, change orders and other
a. Contractor shall maintainatthe site for Owner one cop record all changes
specifications, addenda, pp
modifications, in good condition and order and marked to
in construction. These shall be available to Architect and
made during
owner's Representative.
ctor
ne set
b. To facilitate
the above, the Owner will furnishthe
this acontracth oContrac-
of ozalid prints of all drawings which areoaodP condition in his field office.
for shall maintain this set at prints in g
el u on the installation of any work in locations or in a manner
Immediat Y P on the drawings, Cont=actor shall indicate
such
schanuchges
other than shown iven to permanent objectsand/or grids.
on the drawings. Dimension shall be g
building columns, buildings, sidewalks, curbs and driveways,
s in a neat, legible man -
to complete the record drawing to Architect,
c. Whenever necessary to a competent draftsman satisfactory
ner, Contractor shall employ es on the prints.
to make new drawings or to indicate Chang tractor shall deliver the
d. On or before the date of final inspection, Con completingin
corrected and completed prints to Architect
ctsto aid himect w.1 not relieve
s. Delivery of the p required inform
Contractor of the responsation that
ibility
"as -built" drawing of furnishing
rints. Delivery of the prints must be made before
may be omitted from the p percentage.
payment of the final retained p
SECTIO
N 17 -- STATUS AND RESPONSIBILITY OF Oy�NER'S REPRESE`iTATIVE ion of
ive shall have general supervision and direct
a. The Owner's Representat
agent of the Owner on the site, and shall have the
the work. He is the ag
advisory
and consultive services of the Architect available at all tunes.
of enforcing the performance of the Con-
b. He shall have the responsibilty
roper
and shall permit no changes in the conditions thereof without p
tract Changes in the Work.
procedure as outlined in Section 22, g given to the
or other information will be g agent except
c. All instructions, directions,in Section 7.
oritractor by the owner 's Repchitect'SvStatus land uDecisions,
C prchite
as outlined in Section 18, Samples.
Shop Drawings, and Section 8,
d, In general, the
Queer's Representative shall have the following responsi-
bilities: work whenever such stoppage
He shall have the authority to stop the
(1) to insure the proper execution of the Contract -
may may be necessary of any work that is being improperly
This shall include the stoppageincom etent workman be taken off
installed and he may demand that any P
the job and another man substituted.
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
GENERAL CONDITIONS
REVISED: �Q� GC/12
(Z) He shall serve as interpreter of the conditions of the
outlined v Section of or inte
tpretations b Contract su
Architect's Status and y the Architect
(3) He shall serve Decisions,
P to enforce
as
of the
°Wet performance of the
decision or aithful Performance subject Contract with
interpretation by the Architect as
18, Architect' J t0 a review of his
s Status and Decisions. Outlined in Section
SECTION 18 -- ARCHITECT S STATUS
AND DECISIONS
a. The Architect's
throw tsupervisory and administrative authorit
contractdocu,mentss Representative, except as Otherwise Y shall
be exer ce
en.�ise provided in the
b• In his capacity as author of
interpreter of the contract documents As such, the conditions of the Contract and the Architect shall
he shall side neither with the 0
use his powers judge of its performance
under the Contract to `'meT nor the Contractor c_ enforce its faithful erf but sha.
In general, the Architect's P ormance by t
responsibilities shall include the following,.,
(l) Approval of all si+op drawings and samples.
(Z) Serve as
interpreter of
the conditions of the contract documents
in the event
or decisions ofathethe Contractor takes exception
Owner's Representative.to interpretations
d• All the Architect's decisions are e subJ
e. If the ct to arbitration.
Architect fails to render a
ties have presented decision within ten days
If the Architect ed their either party may after the par -
initiated decision after arbitrationthroceed en �dsarbitratior,
such decision may
or interrupt such Y be entered as evidence but shall not haveb
tlirb
the parties Proceedings except w been
concex�ed, P here such decision is acceptable to
f- Architect will not be responsibile for
techniques, sequences or construction means
programs in connection with Work °r for safet methods,
for failure of the Y precautions and
employeesContractor, ' and he will not be responsible
ents to carry out the Work sin caccordance with material o Documents. supplier or their
the Contract
g• Architect will not be responsible or
liable for the Supplier or an ' or any Subcontractor, acts or
omissions of the Contractor
performing an any their agents or employees; or anor, any Material
Y the work. y other
persons
REVISED:
January 1, 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIOVAL SYSTE.%f
GENERAL CONDITIONS
GC113
impose upon the
contained in these contract Documents d andsshallhall not createof
h, Nothing duties or obligation arty beneficiary
Architect any contractual, third p firm
against the Architect any
other person,
other rights in favor of the Contractor or any
or organization.
RELATIONS OF CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTOR
SECTION 19 - Subcontractor
agrees to bind every Subcontractor and every
as
a.
The Contractor terms of all the contract docmentofathisrsection,
agrees to be bound by theterms
the following provisionsroved in.
applicable to this work,
to the contrary in a subcontract aPP
unless specifically
writing by the Owner,
b. The Subcontractor agrees:
e Contractor by the terms °f Saandll tresponsibilihe contract toe's
(1) To be bound to the obligations ments and to assume dtoward entsh assumes toward the owner, that he, by those
applications for payment in such reasonable
he Contractor to apply for payment as covered in
(2) To submit
� to enable Contractor aPP
time
the contract documents. Res;
claims for extras, for extensions of time and oain
(3) To make all clai to the Contractor in the manner provided the Owner,
for delays or otherwise, the Contractor uponweek.
me for making claims for extra cost is one
the General Conditions for like claims y
except that the
The Contractor agrees:
C. all the obligations that the Owner
(1) To be bound to the Subcontractor by d redress
he Contractor under the contract documents and by all the
assumes to t to the Contractor
provisions thereof affording remedies an
eF
from the Owner- progress Estimat
on the payment of Monthly
To pay the Subcontractor,
of values described 1ntheeSubcontractorGeneral 1`lc
(Z) account of
if issued under the schedule
the amount allowed to the Contractor on
work to the extent of the Subcontractor's interest therein.
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTE:"
GENERAL CONDITIONS
REVISED: GC/14
January 1, 1982
(3) To pay the Subcontractor
if issued otherwise than upon the payment of :.
shall be as in (2) so that Ionthly Progress Esci
as large in proportion to the value
all as the total [yes his total p
work done by amount certified alue of the work done b
ham, w• CO the Contractor is to Y hi
within 5 days of receipt of a the value of
(4) To Pay the Subcontractor payment from Owner.
Contract documents or tO such an extent as may
earlier or larger the subcontract, if either of be provided by the
ger payments than the above. of these
Provided ;
(5) TO pay the, Subcontractor on d
as executed and fixed errand for his work or materials as far
time the certificate should less the
fails retained percentage, at the
to issue it for an issue, even though the
y cause not the fault of proper authority
(11 To pay the Subcontractor the Subcontractor.
received by him a just share of an the Contractor. y fire insurance money
(�) To make no demand for
es o
liquidated dams '•
sum in excess _
contract. of such amount as may be s Penaldelay for dela
pecificall , in any
Y named in the sub -
That no claim for
Con-
tractor Cl the service rendered or materials fu
thereof t Subcontractor shall be valid unless writtenished bno
given by the Y the Con-
o the
first ten days of the calendaramonthctor tSbcontractor duritice
originated.ng the
following that in which the clai.•a
(9) To give the Subcontractor evidence is any arbitrationninvolvOpporing hi to be resent and to submit
ing his rights (10) To name as arbitrator
the General Conditions under
arbitration
the sole P nominated proceedings ub provided ,
cause of dispute isethen
sibilities bf the Y the Subcontractor, if
Other Subcontractor• irk' materials, rights or respon-
Subcontractor jointl or if °f the Subcontractor and any
upon whom they agree. V, to name as such arbitrator
[he person
(llj The Contractor.and Subcontractor agree
g e that.
a• In the matter of arbitration
Procedure shall be g 'tohtho„eeir lghts, obligations documents. anal° ous and all
^ set forth in the contract
b• Nothing in this section shall create an
°f the Owner to Pay or see to the
contractor. Y obligation on the part
Payment of any sums to any sub -
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
REVISED; OF LATTc'R-DAY SAZ—ZS
January 1, 1982 CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTlli
GENERAL CONDITIONS
GC/15 -
C. Contractor, other Contractors, if any, and all Subcontractors
shall work and cooperate with$aForeh 0tlinscer Lllatiun,lcheying wwill
ork whicli
may affect the other's work.in
make proper provision to o=°gdbcontraccorccausedLbychisgneglect
the work of a Contractor
to do so shall be made by him at his own e:;pense.
SECTION 20 -- CONTRACTOR'S SUPERVISION
a. The Contractor sball in writing designate and keep continuously or'
and until the project is finally accepted,
work, during its progress assistants, all satisfactory
competent superintendent and any necessary
ncendent shall not be changed
to the Owner's Representative. The sup Representative unless
except with the written consent of the Owner's Rep
the superintendent proves to be unsatde�tactory to the shall Contractor ance
to be in his employ• The superinten
in his absence and all directions given to him shall be as binding as i
iven to the Contractor. important direionsnshallios lbebsocconfinnneded bon
writing
g to the Contractor. Other
directwritten request in each case.
ive efficient supervision to the work, using his best
b. The Contractor shall g `1 and compare all drawings, stud
skill and attention. He shall carefully
and other instructions and shall at once report to the
specifications
reseanderror, inconsistency or omission which he may
Owner's Representative any , onsible for their existence or
discover, but he shall not be held resp
discovery.
c. The Contractor shall render his assistance to other mechanics in every
can be of service, and such assistance shall
way is which his special work art of this Contract.
be given promptly and thoroughly as p
SECTION 21 -- PAYME.'`7TS TO CONTRACTORS
application for payment, Contractor shall submit
a. Before making the first arts of
to owner's Representative a schedule°atinguthe es ototal sum lOfsthe Contract
the work, including quantities, agg g
to Subcontractors. Such schedule
divided so as to facilitate payments
shall be on the form enclosed in these documents entitled monthly Progress
Es cimate. The schedule when approved shall be used as a basis for monthly
progress payments.
b. On proper approval by Owner's Representative of Contractor's Monthly
Progress Estimate, which is to be submitted between the first
andtenth
Owner shall, within ten (10) y
day of each calendar month,a to Contractor a sum equal to ninety (90)
receipt of such approval, pay previous payment thereon.
percent of the amount requested, less any
&EVISED
January 1, 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYS—L i
GENERAL CONDITIONS
CC/16 .
c
d.
e.
f.
g-
• Upon certification by Owner's Representative th'a[ th
fifty (50) percent completed a contract work is
under the ontract to that and if Contractor has satisfsctoril c
and will pay Contractor onePoinc, Owner will discontinue future Y PerLor„
requested. This roc hundred (100) percent of the retencior
has not been Inca fifty (50) Percent does not include subsequent amoun
incorporated into the work. material on hand ;.;hi
Contractor's Monthly
Progress Estimate shall show the
Subcontractor
and such requests shall be available in amounts due to
Office for examination b each
also include Y Subcontractors. Contractor'sa application
Rtion shall
vouchers showing, if required by Owner's Representative receipts shall
Subcontractors. his payments for materials and labor including
or other
including payments t
In addition, Owner shall include in an
equal to but not exceedingY such monthly
Of materials delivered totheIIecy (90) percent of thePscixna, an amount
ing since site, but not estimated value
such stored a last payment. However yet incorporated
materials 2 no such into the built
and Proof of ade uate until Owner is furnishedby
Con will be made for
Payment b q Protection of Y Contractor with invoices
Y Owner will not relieve Contractoreofathe r�sPonsib'
ri
continued insurance coverage as required in the co the weatIty Such
from the responsibili ility of
ty of protectingcontract documents, nor
material against damage or [heft.
Upon Contractor's receipt of each such monthly am
five (5) days thereafter
Contractor on pay to each Subcontractorthe' he shall within
' account of such Subcontractor's word
Subcontractoramount
s. interest therein. to the extent to
of the
Full and final
days of the the fPayment of the contract sum
Payment
of all of shall be made within thirt
ollowing requirements:
(I) All requirements of the contract documents ha
those listed in this paragraph ve been made including
, (g)
(2) Payment of all labor and material bills and re
waivers and/or releases of lien fr
mechanics receipt of all final lien
, and suppliers. °m all Subcontractors, macerialmen,
(3) Owner's acceptance of the Project
under the following conditions: in writing, which
shall be given
Upon read receipt Of written notice from
Y for final inspection Contractor that the facility is
shall make such inspection.ana acceptance
�f the final �inspectionOerevealsative
any items of work have not been tom
Contract, Owner's Representative completed in accordance that
a written list thereof, shall promptly with the
items , and, u p Y furnish to Contractor
, another inspection up -on completion of those deficient
shall be made by the Owner's Representative.
REVISED:
January 1, 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SALYTS
CHURCH EDUCATIOYAL SYST:1
CORAL CONDITIONS
CC/17
le under the
When Owner's Representative finds the facility
ed, ownereshallbpromptly furnish
Contract and the Contract fully performed,
to Contractor a final certificate stating
istaccepted byhat the kovided far
itr
in the Contract has been complete and
4 Receipt by Owner of the surety's written consent for such final payment( > to be made.
h. No payment made to the Contractor, or partial or entire use or occupancy of
the work by the Owner, shall be an acceptance of any WOand acrk or cettancesof t
the owner,
in accordance with the contract documents.
The making
the final payment shall constitute a waiver s, all
underr they terms of Section
other than those arising from unsettled liens, appearing
9, Manufacturer's Directions and Guarantees, from fault, work en
after final payment or from requirements of the contra�adeoa dstillana of
all claims by the Contractor, except those previously
unsettled.
SECTION 22 -- CHANGES IN TIC WORK
the Contract, may order extra work or make
a. The Owner without irrvalidatingo or deducting from the work, the Contract s=
changes by altering, addingder
being adjusted accordingly. All such work shall be executed
xecaim tedor extensioneof n
ditions of the original Contract except where anyng
time caused thereby shall be adjustedd aatAthe tiT SUCHme
of o ITeSiHALLsBEhCOhC'..Ue•
IF NO EXTRA TIME IS C AIME D AND ALLOWED
INVOLVED.
SIVELY pRESUME, THAT NO
o changes from the plans and specifications shall be made unless authorized
b. N Representative. Any changes made by the Contrac-
in writing by the Owner's
tor without such authorization are ebt therC�ontractor atshis asole expense.
details shown in the contract documentsY
Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment for extra work performed in
c• provided for herein, unless such work and the pay -
connection with the work p resen-
ment for same shall have been authorized in writing by the owner's Rep
tative before it is performed.
d. All such changes, additions or deductions, shall be invoiced monthly.
ge shall be determined as follows.
e. Value of such extra work or chan
(1) By estimate and acceptance in 1mmD sum:
REVISED
January 1, 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS C;?RIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
GE MRAL CONDITIONS
GC/18
a. The cost of any change, addition or deduction, shall be determined
on a net field cost basis which shall include all direct labor,
payroll insurance and taxes, materials, equipment rental as
in paragraph three (3) below
insurance and an in
or approved off -site expense incurred in connection ewith rsuchectochanF_
addition or deduction. It shall not include the cost of
supervision at or away from the site general
management, home office expense, etc. general overhead, coo rdinatic
nor profit.
b. The net field cost shall be determined following the re
detailed itemized estimates of the cost of such change, addition of
deduction, one by the Contractor, and one by the Owners Re r
tative on or
p esen-
.following which the cost value shall be mutually agreed to.
C. Equipment Rental;
the value Re Equipment rental rates used in connection with
any change, addition, or deduction shall, in lieu of
other demonstrated basis, and is any event be not more than 75y
the current edition of the Associated Equipment Dealer's schedule.
. of
This price shall include all overhead on
and maintenance. There shall be no additives' fuel, lubrication
equipment rental. percentages allowed on
d. Additive Chan es: Each Subcontractor or General Contractor
actually performs work shall be allowed 5% to cover all overhead
and 10% .for profit on the net field costs of such changes, exc
equipment rental. If the Subcontractor is a ludiag
other Subcontractor, or Contractor Subcontractor to any
or Contractor will be allowed 7 � then the latter Subcontractor
Subcontractor's total cost excludingcover all overhead on former equipment rental.
e. Deductive Changes: Deductive changes shall be determined on a
field cost.
net
(2) �Y cost plus fined
addition or deductionrcenrages: Should the nature of such change,
Of the preclude in advance an accurate determination
probable net field cost, the Contractor shall upon authorization of the Owner's
Representative P written
maintaining accurate records of the field costthereof
with the work,
With this Section 22, sub -section e.
rdance
shall be accom All invoices for �changes in oin work
and equipment Panied by detailed supporting data on labor,
q pment and daily time cards of workmen arid -equipment maper material., daily by the Owners Representative.
be as specified in this Section. The additive approved
percentages shall.
(3) Emergencies: In case of an
the safety of the structure orergency endangering life or threatening
without waiting for specific authorof izationgfromPArchitecttr Own may,
Representative, act at his
Compensation shall be alloweod Contractornfor such emergency or Owner's
amount to be determined between Contractor to guard life or property.
Representative b g ncy work, the
y agreement. Architect .and Owner's
REVISED:
January 1, 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAL14TS
.CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYST-i
GErERAL CONDITIONS
GC119
SECTION 23 --CASH ALLOWANCES
Contractor shall include in the contract sum all allowances stated in the
contract documents. These allowances shall cover the net cost of the mate-
rials and equipment delivered and unloaded at the site, and installation
costs, payroll, insurance, and taxes. Contractor's handling costs on the
� profit, site,
overhead rofit and other expenses contemplated for the original
allowance shall be included in the contract scan and not in the allowance.
Contractor shall cause the work covered by these allowances tobut
be peertformed
ill
for such amounts and by such
ons as ainstrwhomect may he makes1aereasonable objection.
not be required to employ persons against
If the cost, when determined, is more than or less than the allowance, the
contract scam shall be adjusted accordingly by change orer installation hick will include
additional handling costs on the site,
profit, and other expenses resulting to Contractor from any increase over the
original allowance.
SECTION 24 -- DAMAGES
a. If either party to this Contract shall suffer in any manner because
of any
wrongful act of neglect of the other party or of anyone employed Y him
then he shall be reimbursed by the other party for such damage, including
arty agreed liquidated damages for failure to complete by the specified
completion date.
b. Claims under this clause shall be made in writing to the party liable within
a reasonable time at the first observance of such damage and not: later than
the time of final payment, except as expressly stipulated otherwise in the
case of faulty work or materials.
SECTION 25 C1,AIMS FOR EXTRA COST
if the Contractor claims that any instructions by drawings or otherwise involve
extra cost under this Contract, he shall give the Owner's Representative written
notice thereof within seven days after the receipt of such instructions, and
in any event before proceeding to execute the work, except in emergency endanger-
ing life or property, and the
procedure shall
be valid ten so be as provided for changes in
the work. No such claim shall
SECTION 26 -- DEDUCTIONS FOR UNCORRECTQ WORK
If the Owner deems it expedient to correct work injured or done not in accord-
ance with the contract documents, an equitable deduction shall be made from the
contract sum, said deduction to consist of the difference in value plus a fair
allowance for damage.
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
ry CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTEI.S
GENERAL, CONDITIONS
REVISED GC/20 -
January 1, 1932
SECTION 27 -- SEPARATE CONTRACTS
a. Owner reserves the right to let other contracts in connection with this
work. Contractor shall afford such other Contractors reasonable opportun-
ity for introduction and storage of their materials and the execution of
their work, and shall properly connect and coordinate his work with theirs.
b. If any part of Contractor's work is dependent for proper execution or re-
sult upon work done under a separate contract, Contractor shall inspect and
promptly report to Owner's Representative any defects in such separate
contract work which preclude his own proper execution. Contractor's fail-
ure to inspect and report such conditions shall constitute an acceptance
of other Contractor's work as fit and proper for reception of his work,
except as to defects which may develop in other Contractor's work after
execution of his work.
c. Should Contractor sustain any damage through any act or omission of
any other Contractor having a contract with Owner, Contractor shall
have no claim against Owner for such damage, but shall have a right
of action against the other Contractor to recover the damages sustained
by reason of the acts or omissions of such Contractor.
SECTION 28 -- WORK BY OTHERS
No claim for damages will be asserted by Contractor against Owner for delays
caused by other Contractors to whom work may have been awarded hereunder by
the Owner. If Contractor contends or asserts that his work is being held up
by other Contractors in completing their work on a timely and orderly basis,
Contractor will not be allowed any extra time for completing his work hereunder
unless these delays are brought to the attention of the Owner's Representative
by notice in writing, which notice shall identify the name of the Contractor
or Contractors whose work is interfering with performance hereunder and shall
describe the nature of the interference. Upon receipt of said notice, the Olk'ner
and the Contractor shall endeavor to agree as to whether extra time should be
allowed on account of such interference or delays, and in the event they cannot
agree, the extra time to be allowed, if any, shall be.determined by arbitration;
provided, however, that the arbiter will not award, in any event, any extra time
for delays occuring prior to the time that Contractor hereunder has served
written notice on the Owner of the existence of such delay and the cause there-
of. No such extension of such delay and the cause thereof occuring more than
seven (7) days before claim therefore is made in writing to the Owner. In the
case of a continuing cause of delay, only one claim is necessary.
SECTION 29 -- ONNER'S WITHHOLDING OF PAYMENTS
a. Payments may be witheld from Contractor by Owner if Owner's Representative
withholds a Monthly Progress Estimate or nullifies in whole or in part a
previously issued Monthly Progress Estimate based on subsequently discovered
evidence, in order to protect Owner from loss due to:
(1) Defective work not remedied.
(2) Liens or claims filed or reasonable evidence of probable filin
REVISED:
January 1, 1982
8•
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH'EDUCATIONAL SYSTF_\1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
rrI'i
(3) Contractor's failure to promptly pay Subcontractors for labor and
materials accepted by the Contractor.
(4) Architect's or Owner's Representative's reasonable doubt the project
can be completed for the unpaid balance of the contract sum.
(5) Damage to another Contractor.
b. Upon satisfactory removal of any such grounds, payments so withheld will
be made.
SECTION 30 -- OWNER'S RIGHT TO DO WORK
If Contractor should neglect to prosecute work properly or fail to perform any
provision of the contract documents, Owner, upon three (3) days' written notice
to Contractor, may take such steps as are reasonably necessary to have the
required work done including but. not limited to hiring third parties to complete
such work, and may deduct the cost thereof from the sums due Contractor. This
remedy shall in no way prejudice other remedies available to Owner under this
contract or at law nor be construed to be an election among such remedies.
SECTION 31 -- OWNER'S RIGHT TO TERMINATE CONTRACT
If the Contractor should be adjudged a bankrupt, or if he should make a general
assignment for the benefit of his creditors, or if a receiver should be appointed
on account of his insolvency, or if he should persistently or repeatedly refuse
or should fail, except in cases of which extension of time is provided, to
supply enough properly skilled worl=en or proper materials, or if he should
fail to make prompt payment to subcontractors or for materials or labor, or
persistently disregard laws or ordinances, or otherwise be guilty of a substan-
tial violation of any provision of the Contract, then the Owner may, without
prejudice to any other right or remedy and after giving the Contractor seven
(7) days written notice, terminate the employment of the Contractor and take
possession of the premises and of all the materials, tools, and appliances,
thereon and finish the'worc by whatever method he may deem expedient. In such
case the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any further payment until
work is finished. If the unpaid balance of the contract sum shall exceed the
expense of finishing the work including compensation for additional managerial
and administrative services and architectural services, such excess shall be
paid to the Contractor. If such expense shall exceed such unpaid balance, the
Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner.
REVISED:
January 1, 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CH1RIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTMH
GENERAL CONDITIONS
GC/22 .
a ch he work Coi�Cl pR' S RI
Co °rity shall
neracto , fora be sto Tp STpp WO
Contrac r or Period Peed and RK pR TE
by the for w. anY. one °f three er aay °rd h'MIN,gTF Cp
�rritt Os''ner, in =h . re
w. (3) Mo....er of an NTRApZ.
from n notice RePresen�' (30) days th ham, , throe y court' o
Plant he der tO the tative� Ys any s r if the gh no act r other
Or R'ateriaayment �ner� sto en the aCO warded Or'rner shouia fault P
SFCTI is -foand reasala work'° a or te�iaa or ayrbu trato fall
o cc
ON ble cut to Pon r a
a' A11 3 rT TIp prof jt and image y the loss
sus racy end ,.
steal disbutft N tamed Apo
in 1 be su ' claims
of gAZ, ° f the y tted to °r question.,
the chitects ran Fo rbitratio sub3ect
entered vailiag a this °f Arb n in accord ° arbi tra
dicti in th rbitra agreeme itration ance tion and
be a °a° It is h2ghest tiOn law nt shall b prOcedur vl th Provi er the
have c,Bdit mute court ,and a spec. a of the sions3 CC
ve again son Pre ally agreed
the .Judgment ificell Americ then
b. The Co. tr s the o Ceernt to anY that th d'e� tare or Sawa=d re eable I�n�
ProceedingcCoor hall not right Of legal actin the arrbi hang ma
C. No Pt ca n tra J -
wi tics Oft by agre . use a delay that Gicher°rs sha
an appeal a A rch the errand r ant nth the
the wok ParrY r
sh thin ten from the and the rbi ration he der' r during any ar
ej�Pre be madel0) days ochitect�er'sP ea dispute hitratiOn
d.
The ssll' stiP 2a en a r asorecejP=sion� she dive, s Ill be tiled
aw arbi tr din the nable time in anY case th the Arb . in Wri Li
ma.ic= to the if the cOntrac �e of final Pa he demad re si altrlI be is ng
inside ty of them Party who Y de® Yment, e tor, arb , made
re to to th shall de content. the case xcept as oche Lion
shall f
ixa ause Pr®seed - err PrOPer n is susta requireitr"'ise
dad s their theym gands i to c fined arboth hl asses °wa c may alsOmPenso f the amPensate' such are a authori2
S Par ies. s the
cost s an =on cWQ a dam ages f ion wasze o d the t - as they or ato
£CTIpN 34 d char8es sf °the i e delay. emended wi and
e:c- - se
e S . the ProceeProvided b arbitrat t
OsGttre ke or 1 scent ao �� L4CX0tr dings upon e 8 ement s
r and its ckOuts� a esPonsib . °r
emPl2.
°Yees,thh r On fiche for Part anY
Of ses
ever' delays
In!Cntont for caused to
Con
compactor
da . sm emPloyeas tOr by
3n �' y be cons ed, o
1' 198
2 TFg
®FCFi pF J
CSC R-DAY SA I US CXRIST
GF��T U�C}�ATTpY 'S
GC127 CO..0 TTT._� Sdcz-,,
work by attl
of the arate t
VSZpN pF ZEE the 4rogreor by ane work, °r by
EX' e in loyees' in Ih dab1e
DE YS ANC at any t its des ordere J' unaVp1 lay
3 35 delayed = any ° than$ ortati °r by d d for
actor be p;,rae'c o ez, or by in transp control, eXtende tati'je
the �Ontr ct of the the O�n 1 delay tractor 5 shall be Represen
�t or negl e�4loYed bi e, unus'sa the°n capletlon a der s
otit= eat 1pcko aoy' useetb t e tipreed u4on by th °£ the 0'ez 1
tag ltie zbitratlon a as may be ag represent = Shall pp = on Y
n a ,able
pendi 8 scna a t Or aaY COntsactO ing the uses .
`'u� Cpnt=actor . that the Oran pontr act�er � I.
is being ca o f suc s
and Or cDntenn�e uncle= the
effect o� h the de lay unles ed in t`'+
Contract erfo� to thate= � v+h se pf de expect abn°r�
I£ delaying p . writ dg a mane as tau be norQ,ally that such t is
te
serve np the delay th of be con it u d eo demOnstr o£ the 1 Weat'ner con'
causiag 1 n e tY is
ns shal tu=e mat It can he osecution p a
Bather c°tLda tf
d sever d then O dlel y in i:ato account Ih (�) days
e. an a cr �d clued a s a tous has taken more tesenta ive • in
to 1 weather t the 'OntY occuZing N"rla=, s Rep necessary
ma ,wed that
a a=ea. for delay o the c,aiZ is all 1'e
dir .7- of shall be man vritln% only one dIa`�ings ,g,t of
ucb eaten the eo f L a maa�e e£ delay dates u4o be a wed JOT such draw,
Zjp s Zna
clay tinuz. g the 1. dem
d• before se o£ a con reemen sr for de 2� w s aef ter
t ek
th a O= ag no cla 1 tIo (_ asonabl
SO schedulIade th a aSs untlaim be e
e • ff h s h= uc ct un r
u�I. to £u they' less s h ApC p„tiCL °= Archit contract
£ail d not FI��' dl to pLl�
ings an �pRR BEFpR.- sentatlVe t° cOnf shall be replace
CpRRECZZO� pF fie=` s cs as £al
lity °r a shall prompt d without d
GZIpV 36 eonde�ed act dot bY .rLrthe £ ntractp docents f making goo
5E d all wo of the co er4°rate tr trot . �° contact exFense damaged by
h ed Or
a• p►vy the p OV'is is Vhether es by p rdance adaitipn destroy
equi= . from the 4 work in pr shall c retr actors
t�oVeBrute Sum Contract is °r Sub
and re_ex o Crne'r . ntracto
ex4erLS
ense t p£ °then a lar-
all wOrk al Or 14
�OV
such =
ZSZ
pF JRsys pt1R
C�RCl'� S�,I'3Z SYSZ��
pF IX.5EREUr-p:r ,]AL
CA�cRAZCpt3DITZpL�s
GCV24
b, Xf
fi-xed b rac for does
maY have wr1tten no not remOve d°es not material re,
Zrota such cOnd
notice o f Pay expens emOved and OtOner Is Rep Work W .
may With add such removal f removal cored at r sentative htn a reas
Publfrom is °r Privatenal ten f r� finer is hin ten expense( 0 of
COn tra and/or mocha
bal and after auctio (10) days Represent days of ctOr°
ance or t deduct. n sale Written no ativ and/or
e /or E
charge say de all cos=ner shall t cc sell suchArchitE
SECTION 3� CO f�cit tO Contract, arid p uses sh 11for al p=oc
r.
a°
Neither RR,ECTION OF WORK e2 all
recur
finalTER
relieve Contra PayCtoment nor any FIKAL ACCEPT,VCE
b ° S"Ouldhip an f responsib r°vision is
E3c'e�ante�thin ots ne develop in llity Ch for fa the
Macerct docum
re erics
Of oae erjo(I) Y and f°rlayear from z�rk due to f erials Or WOr�ans
tlon�rs ecludin Coatr`-�t�terlals fo=ate of final material
Repres Such reps 8 those in shall reme which a l accepta is and/or
shall entative antes steal; be char areas dy an
de eB'uc rantee ex. e, or With
bear all and, Archit commenced affected b t and eke sts in eYCE
C. On �Penses ect s W%Chi y such all
�ne=n yc �r.s re fuss there fore° written notice Co (-1 days from rnits see
d.ch
Contractor orcaY mo eed to haor ve s �h lure t° make do so and Con
t�`acrOrr
The any
shall money due COn ractoenan and charge
har ears or
re
SECTION 38 not apply
to
work a d/or his Surely cost the reotc Oa
LLF'VS Lased or
Neither neglected
re eShall
se l f becomthe e aye Ymen C nor
by �''ner.
an `4ff1davj any and al QntiI the any Part of
flot Ii
ens rac ive
as he h has
t a 1pt and Rearls�g out or tsha I deli 5) Percent
Of Receipt kncvled II labor lease of of the C ver to retalne
fromPt an Se or and all ob °ntrac the d Perc .,
Contra finds Release infor�atiomaterial forligations C.
He sh O``a a com
ree ractOr ma iVidual sub hall also of thy• which a lie ich sha11 also fur Iete
ease for Y, if contra be fug. In add. n co incl nis
n4Sy him r receipt anY subco ctor and =shed to itaon, an could be fi Include (bc
aremade against Pt in fullntractor ' Jor the 0.ne indiVe led as f-
fees omPell d etCOally ntracto=n° 'If shal an furnish
a b°d s 1 Supplier
PPlier thH Con ral ac�o=2` r
a reaSOnaby in dis ha l refund eto reMains iunset°ry to tre h es to fu r, the
Ze amount. rging such a lien
the all on d afternil to n en
including all costs the Pay-mee-T s
lact ma
and
attorney
RF VISA .
January I, I982 CHLRru
CKUI�H -DAy ST ZD
CRRST
GRAL IlCgTIONAL Y� rr,, G1' i COMn r-,.- _
it as a �°Le
act or sublet assign anY
�1 the �ntr Contractor itten
r10N 39 p,$SIG retract shall ther�nor spat out the P ce o f such assigrrsen
to the CO t of the ° hereunder' wi due note
.then r written consent
es due to hum hhas been given
tniest dueeor t hen ed there o in .biting •
)r►sent of d has cOrvM ons d
as
ng O C0:'�LEt10t1 actor .thin the
OCCp�ZCY gEF b the Cont on thereof , the feted ar,d
ON 40 completed y extensi have been come suc'' oc
SEC'L'I has not been d written s Which lit`I • By Quality
the work any autho'cu'- l facil completed face fete nor the
1 claim for li
a' for there1n' °occuPy and occuPy any rk as being c der s enti le the
der elect2ifsOw,me .Slecisarca to pup Cyr fo a comp
led by the Contractor in
also, n0
Panay thi7OrTma'yk,nnor sh nor shall such °c forex ac a enseine be ng ccuPled the
dat'dedamag`o' any extra ethe facilities are before COmplet101n'
Contractor the work Whir ccuPy a faciise of items -yetCk 1st' der
eamPleting es to ° check Su the arantee
1
t the pier des font=actor a covered by s Sri.s to be
e even to the the WOrk t�ja check liWork that may on
b. In will 4resencampletion °f on Of replace Contractor is
owner and upon The presenredo repair 7 e event the occuPy any
Pleted' ce5t the work t havi.ag t° ancy. the
desires an event the
.,�11 ac
e Contractor again. through °cCuP and the t in suc
damased °r d stral to time °f c�P . if offer elects , bu d d
fete an
schedule as to
may do s - of items yet list e the Owner -Will
far
0�e loll • vered y the check
a check b Owner
present to Con o f the Work C° of the
b reason hereby;
(1) on completion fixe res zte�
t the work. extra expense y date e.
c�Pletion ck fist is p d be
acceP 11 be P r to the
Put t the the shoul
Contractor ility Pr' at the time a amount which they reaching
the of the f a 11 agree as t° the
the event a reaching
ancy the in •�e c
Offer Upon t
occu4 d Contractor j by expense v and tion• on agree..
er an ' extra arbitra a or u4
ow,,ana prior tO Orr
Of said gubtnitted toe extra e:'-Fen forthWith °Ccupy
alloyed by reason
will be amount of the
Owner may
agree' the me%aeat as tO thea trati.on
ce
of an agee the mattes t° . acceptan
be
to submi le on Shall o f comPlet eo check
the facility• i before cotoPe ad thodate t the t bitration if
ancy of the shall it operathe ti.es agree
is fixed by ar
(3) cf utbe hr no � to the el -tent the time
exCeB t anted o JDg CIIRZST
list is prescannot agree. OF
CK S
the parties R-DAY �t1AL SYSTF`S
OF
Cxx E CGVBOITIO.IS
RAL
GC126
�q) Tj1e 0
caner Shall
completed Within the waive I
�e allow for flquidate
SECI•ION ql _ eel or on �h° fir d by he a:n ges, if t
a. BUILDING CODES O f the early ro ct he work
and n is
work d that he for represen I..4TIONS ccupan Y b add:
he and all O is that he
he
Ordinances II c°mPlian�hers world is familiar
Juring
sdi``ion over kind e9utire II under 8isl this Jeri all be come
(1) famil
The latest his work, inc uingove ental °des?chllesshall p rj
Conference Ofition Of the g but not I�ithoritY Orregulati
(? Build' Unif ted to other
ai
t e .test edit; Building Officials Building Cod,,,the follow n
�3) The `y °n Association of the ►,LiLife
Safety
a fe Of the Internal
(q) Illlams_Steiger ►►Oc tY Code;► Of the Na
b. if All local ordinance cuPatlonal Safet tlOnal Fire
s i h, any Pro r Observes s • y nd Neal th Act,,
o
halms vlsio that f I970
lawdoc s• c aes and eel un1ss nor
lit on, he and/ e
sp c�f
know, e s for /Or regulatlo essary changes
noti f Icat ,
nglY changes. ns hay r Y owneZons r, are in
hue ly indemif °wed contr Contractr e been effeOuired for s RePresenra rlanc
refrom. Y owner ary to shall be led as comPlianc tine
SECTICN a2 I against id to s and be c dues a d spon ibi e In he �chLr
a• The Arch NSpFCTICNS i tL ,qND TES all Costs and P gvla 1�hany
nd
ProvwOrk wherevtect nd Owner►s TS nalities
b If Ide Proper f cZllis in prepaxatative steal
theC077 s for tion 1 Pro at
ContiPubllab auth ri ty Ct do cnen ts, 0 such access and g ns s al and times
the have access
If tOr s °4uir caner►s Pectio Contra to
the the date ospectiOng s e the any irk to Representative, n. cloy shall
Inspection the by a time specially laws
pect ' ins any aut ly ho ly to , ordinances
Practice °ns by the PectiOn she horit3,, Other lice of i steel or a , Or a,,
but approval le a the or is Represent
epr Sll ee cleared than the readiness P for eel,
the
y him, be °- cons, ce Of su ntative Y the 0471 wnerrs ins
c. uncovered rat of the PPIy, I f shall be er►s Re RepresenLactior;.
All tests d for exatainaOwner's Re any work she °mptlY made sent.,,.,1Ve.
r yehe and and nt ct s' ectlondocums °f a Ion at the cone=a ive ul L b anmust,d
u where
for Cost of hlch Involvnts, or as kind, not cloy►s exp rase if requ1 eto -
r the P tests or es expense may be requestspeclfical
Proved tO urPose of Inspect; shall ed IY re u
are not be fault PrOying the as ordered be Paid fogy the 0 per eel hereinaf
Paid by =he o e= om ,suoh Iteoi borne be-xisterace °f pfaulty IY by a h der • R eSe j to r
s °r inspettioCo..... COr re � aI °°r Wod�p� rsons However,
R Me, ED. he cost ofaLl
f same she stndar s
� If
7 Q,4 2 THE C I l be
- OF bgli'FR H OF
T or 1'ab° they c°sts
a Testy as she bled above
1 be made by e, except b the p mi n s
als et►tat1 aired y ar
materl•testsb f he owner is
by the eY • s of pater E g ae r th the directi°n
ate�est will be F l Sample Te ring d ee wi
ll s furnish al to the s accor an
ed in rs•
actor Shall rh purposes select ee
e r gentati ve the Sip Les ve o= Testing E g n
��ell der' s Represen of materia ess�+ and.
£ theZSES S'ZC�'GE atus, rY'e d by 8 aW' ha11 n° unrea �.
43 -- USE 0F Y OrLf e his appa Ls indlcat rive, and
LON retractor ahahis wo nta
mene sl Re�ateri is t�ctuYe t° be
•the operations ati°ns of the ,,dtY► his at to f the s
its or dire the presses ermlt any safety , °ns
z ins cti
sonably enc�be no r load or danser its ve s t�
Contractor lght that Wz.11 en er, s Repr en and parking • ,•7alks
loaded Vth a ''� force the Cf`'riares , sm°ki g ne with use o f
e contractor shall
h advertisements , an orderly bered • Shed
e ti8ht sto e Se
re$ardisi8 signs 'an
teZials them wa e=- nth
maintain Za and keep d t by we
cte +
d• prranse toads, eatr3-%% where dir a be damn d
drives + on 4=�lseals which above gr°un and for
maintain of- mate ra1sed t'neir materials
Y=ov'ide and Storage d floors,
C. or sheds, f° eds with WOO sto=age °f
such Sheds rs for eS.
de cto us t-
t apace to Si
S ed,s and tool ho -es desisnated• sheds + `+tO edge pia
0 e o f to sp s
a
f • erection of t e ate=ials t Q,ove ma eXt a� cosL to n platf or
Confin �tora8 time o with° Ze+ °
g. a egsa�`3 at %w directed, ed by m°ist,s
it be nee as and wh =materials affect
Should same
m° e
h• forms I v 1 $red o th aher .
om a we is
i• Sto=e�c the f= the on for all doss
and pro pRO-ey rote-ti inju='1 °h dat'a4�
top from c. CIO c_
. CT=oN CF �OR'� ly maintain er gq p,Qpe ' a good a ny c°nt ac tel9
-- 4R0
SECZZC� shall contlnuo,}sl ct the 0 U. shall ozs in the ade4ua
_ 1 prOte t=act• a to err 8e 9 ocsments Seas
The Cont a damage and swath the C directly d the ,er contract ar traf fic aie
a• work from Gonneetiot► . as may a loyees of aW and the d vehiculuatemaud dirt
arisingor loss) exce agents °r as Ip�vided by edestrian = vavL ide ad Snow, d
dents or r a en prop hal be $ ch a maaaev s free f cQ Water'
ad j on �1ed s is area
protect 11 be n nta Keep t=a t sC'RRZ5T
cula= at
.,-he a se sha 1 taws , obs tructi°n CK pF ass'. 5
s sa8e at al or other C'� R-�N 5 �lAL SYS'�-
p cks deb=is pE Z,P•' V'jCATIC` ti5
o G�E�! CO�ZZZ.O
Gr 12a
recauL].`-+•`.• toV. sions �` or
take all necessary P 1. ,ble P pre
accidents
shall with all aP4 Codes to P Properly maintai:
The Contractor shall comply Building ect and Prop all
b• on the work an al Safety Laws a scent to the Prrogress of the wor,and steal t
ees riunicip ad] and P Public,
State, and.0 Persons on, about o the conditions en and the P of
in]ury as -required by e protectionofrd C such features
at all times,ouards for �' h; created by elevator hatchways
safeo against the well holes, ele materials, etc. Ke '`
necessary morning hoists, materi whose
,Post danger sigTlsotruding nails, a s and falling on p the work,
P n as Pr stairw 7- his organiz Lion of the
construr enings, member a and posi
ding, window oP The Ham s Representative.
scaffol responsible of accidents-
Hate a the OW`ner
shall des1 be the prevention reported to from
duty shall ted shall trenches, building
be
desigTLa backing up of drains
person so excavation, water, equipment, enc-
Always protect round s
-otection: spring water, 8 Provide PIZM
c. Water F f=� rain water , other water ;
damage, irrigation water or drainage; do
sr
or sewezSi this protection• orarY
sores, to insure construct, maintain nece iloor�free of water -
on
or Proper exe-
d. Temporary Drains eto keep excavation for safety and
!; Pumping necessary as necessary
Rove snow, ice, etc.
Ice: arricades, railways,
e• Sny work• ht at b
cation and maintain gua d l and at trenches or pets aa7a
hts. Pr°`nde road or sidewa
f Cuard Li streets, wind, stor's
obstructions in Again rain, free
to roads- Protection a8 and fixtures
cent constant P apparatu. be damage
provide materials, work likely to
Fr ate Sol as
to maintain wozk, cover
Weather Q.t end of days work' other reaso
g• frost or ea or damage• to Pro
protection or
from in ed b failure
er.
ama e: Rey,ove worlt ( Without extra cost to
' canals,
In D lace with new for irrigation ditches,
ified•
replace examine site unless otherwise
Water. Careful l three waterways moved on
i• Ini anon e uipment is
protect and maintain mechanized q O�,mer to stay °
etc. Shrubs: Before A marked by th4„ x 411 posts
of Trees and d shrubs that are trees o.
all trees icades consistoned around the
j• protecti ob site, d and stab shrubs from meChaniyea
protected by barT
to the J to the groan shru I
ect shall be Pfeet in t the trees or 11
x g�� planks•
the PrO� least three to Protect attached 2the ground up CO
srhlrubs is such a positionosts shall be securely from 4" 7
een the P shall be protected least distance, by dev.
i Beta trees is the rotectiVe
,qu pment. the above, all whichever These P danSe'
addition to
eight feet, nk of the tree. no longer a
branches
ranch red around the tru there is
the bottom sin in place until
timbers
securely and el the end of the project-
maintained
be maintains
to the trees and shr
Ci1URCii OF JESUS CrIRIST
TRE •LTER-D�'i S�LI1TS
OF �'A �1JCATIOL SYSTr^_=
CHURC CO�ITIONS
GENE RP•L
GC/29
January 1, 1982
SECTION 45
PROTECTION OF LIVES 4ND4LT
a' In case of an H
safety of life, the ency which threaten
instructions Contractore Ow-nerr loss or fr wil l in ' u b• manner. He shall notify the s Representat valleeortoJa t ithoutrtY and/or
In order to Owner s the Architect Previous
Protect Presentative the Contractor the liv �aediatelln a dlll3e:
Accide shall cOmpl es and health of y thereafter
Contract Prevention i Y with all his
emPloyees
tors of n Construction1►Pertinent provisions under the
meats imposed by any BInc.ove and any otherta by the cia a the "Manual
Asso ���nual
ental body such applicable re d General
SECT4.ON 46 _ as Federal gulation or re r,'
-ISC L State or Municipal.
-'`7EOUS ScR �Pa 1,
a • Batter VICES gY
eac Boards and ge TKE CONTRACTOR
ej, established bnch Marks: These
as the structure shall be carried
Y the Owner
rlseSY by the Contractor building3 to the from the
b. Tem ora and from floor to re',r-
for the Enclosures: floor
general Temporary encloser
C.
l Protection es, barricades, signs
Temaorary stairs :he structure shall ue
ladders Provided etc needed
etc.• idea by the
C4- tra c tc
1) The Contractor
at a central Positionshall
furnish the as directed by
t
stairway complying
for such a stx-ecein every respect wiStructure th s bs antlhe r'�S Representative
re n
(2) his h the governin Porary wood
sta'
it is [0 8 afecy code
use of all Subco be Provided and
The stair, ntracto maintained b
finer Re wijl be removed d others Performing
the Contractor
's preSentaten in
iv y the g work for the
e the COntracto °n the structure.
(3} All
ladders, ramps Permanent stairways are available
of
rY elevators, scaffolds lahle for the
tradesmen, etc. , hoists, ru use,
Provided anflr others fcrrequired by the �aYs' derricks
Prohibitmaintained the proper execution dual prime, chutes, te.�_
Structure cooperative actionthat Person or eO n °f their work Subcontractor
meats 'Shall the multiple Ong the various
shall be
1 be theresponsibility
usage of ar1Ous wOrkin This shall not
Contractor responsib any such facil' g groups On the
d, to requir�o s the thee•ovAli lsu h t�of tP randividualltredes t all art-ange_
Tem ora or
Toilets; g erring safety code•facilities shall c nfo,
il) At the location
s 11 Provide approved by theOwner's
toilet room, a tempora
r3' buildingto aRePresentative
and shall be This building shall r tisfac , the Contractor
amain the or Y serve
removed at the completion of he property of [has a �'°r � s
kmen
work. Contractor
REVZsm : TIM CHURCH
January 1, 1982 OF LATTER_ F JESUS CHBISi
CHURCH EDUC Y SALI;TS
G A.TION,, SYST,n;
��0� COIyDITI0:11S
large to permit the installationOf
space shall be sufficientlone lavatory which shall be furnishedbe
(2) This P urinal, This building may be
one water closet, one ubcontractor• but in any case
the mechanical S field office, prevented
and installed by separate from the tunes will be p
contiguous to °r orary heat that fix
be so equipped with temp weather.
freezing during the winter first-
• from clean, neat, and in
the toilet rOOm maintain all plumbing
The Contractor shall keep the
He shall also
(3) ,
class condition at class condition.
equipment in first -
en
his expense for such watt•
rovide at shall not be
The Contractor shall p �,rork. The Contractor
e. Wats to protect the the time when he or his fore
necessary during onsible for any loss
as may furnish a night watchman be held resp during the
required to on or at any time
man is present, but the Contractor will
Of material or damage done to the p
traction period.orises, on or
cow temporary work from p
teyprar work: Remove
f. Removal °f letion of work.
before c�P
Tem ora Roadways: within and adjacent to the
g' temporary roadways
(1) der to provide proper access to the structures.
Construct and maintain
site, in °r adequately sustain and
be constructed to adeq endanger existing
roadways shall S° as not to
(2) Temporary to be carried on them
Support all loads
underground or surface installations.
°r newly constructed office on project site.
maintain an
his office and shall maintain It
Offices: The Contractor shall ma p�rr,er s Representative and the
install a telephone in ,
h. Tem ora The
The Contractor shall the Contract. of this telephone for iota
completion of equipped with one
until final have free and unrestricted use
shall be Q
Architect shall this job. The telephone installation and all
The cos t of The
calls in connection centrally located* be paid by the Contractor.
large extension gong the telephone shall Incoming calls shall. be
charges for the use of station" type.
hone shall not be a ��Pay
hours.
telephone working
promptly answered during ements with the proper autrO
make all arrang uired by the
The Contractor shall mac.) for all utilities I bear all
I. Uti1=� city, �ez� The Contractor shall shall
ity (state, counts' eriod. the O4mer • This
the construction p tance by lines, etc., for
Contractor during until final accep meters,
ent,
costs for these utilities ,fie method of metering
body f 1rn. hing
maintenance of said utilrova1 of the for
of all equipment
In clude costs for in responsible the utilization andmmst have the written ape be
etc., The Contractor shall t=uction period.
connections) to the Contractor.
the utility for his use dazing the entire cons
all utilities needed
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER -PAY SAIYIS
CHURCH EDUCATICNA
S SYSTE."
GENERAL
GC / 31 .
�,EVISED
January 1, 1982
�l) If utility service
the Contractor mayis available from
and Paying ' by making pro er the Owner's permanent
y for all costs P arrangements with utilities
at no time ass , use these permanent the Owner,
using any of the�p�e=�responsibilit �a utilities. The Owner
ation of s for
due to
d ge caused b
services by the Owner, to interruptionY the Contra
regardless or discontinu_
(2) The Contractor of cause.
lated rates -for .s said
pay the body said the
forthe
furnishing the utilities
(until the final acre the entire construction
the sti u-
(3) If utility service acceptance of the project by the owner.) Period P
rates will apply: is available from
y: the Owner, then these
established
stablished
Beat $0.025 per kilowatt
$3.50 per million B.Z.U.our
j• Temflora Heat:
required to The Contractor shall
fires or sal perform or protect all of his all
salamanders temporary local heating
Shall not be used within during cold weather.
ll) For work � the buildings, Open
performed following the System, heat may placement
Purpose of i �e utilized from in the permanent heating
providing heat durin the building heating S
available from the Owner's g the construction g Plant for
All materials a facilities , Providing tze
manent and labor as determined b g heat is
heatin necessary to Y the Owner.
per -
expense, g system shall be furnished provide such heat from the per-
, including metering, Y the Contractor
(2) g,o shall maintain same at his
The provision that t in Service.
System steal l not relieve heat may Y be supplied from his own work g Y Contractor of the responsibility the
erManent
Adequate protection against damage from
shall be the
and freez- to
fully
Cemporary system outlined maintained at a g weather.
Navin emOabove Y means of times either from the
g the approvalof the Owner' b other heating
facility resulting g devices
Otherwise es g from the install RepOesentative. Any dams e
Shall Protect his o or a Contractor° 8 to the
be made good at the Contractor's
rk d cold or freezing failure
k. TemDora.expense. g weather
Power:
�l) Contractor shall
Provide electrical
(2) Contractor Power to distribution shall provide pigtail and centers only,
and around the building, working areas sufficient to for lights for all areas within
(a) All Provide _the following intensity:
(b) Stairs 3 foot candles
landings, ramps
5 foot candles
REVISED:
January 1, 1982
71M CHURCH OF JESUS CH,gIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAL%1TS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTLI
GEIMRAL CONDITIOus
r rl I .-
(c). Outdoor flood lighting within
3 foot candles
contract limit lines
(Owner's Representative to
approve locations)
(d) All areas involving Contractor's
30 foot candles
finish work
Subcontractors shall provide their
(e) in all areas involving 30 foot candles
own lighting
their finish work
SECTION 47 -- CUTTIN
G PATCHING AND DIGGING
fitting or patching of his work that
arts cone together properly and fit
a. The Contractor shall do all cutting, other Contractors or Subcontractors
may be required to make its several work of
it to receive or be received lied by, the contract doctmments for the
shown upon, or reasonably �P good after them as the Owner s
completed facility, and he shall make g
Representative may direct.
caused b defective or ill-timed work shall be borne by the party
b. Any cost y
responsible thereof. digging or otherwise--
tor shall not endanger any work by cutting, S
c. The Contractor other l:antractor without the
and shall notvaltofrthealter
owner's w Representative.
written appro the cost of
onsib when sresu-`s
d. The Contractor shall be held resp otherlContractorsasonably foresee id cutting
shall pay said
and provided
excessive cutting in the work
from requirements which could have been re
for without undue expense.
SECTION 48 -- BONDS
Labor and
osed in these documents. The Cfnhiscbid',
Con shall furnish a 100% Performance Bond and a 100.
The C form encl unt of 100% o
Material Payment Bond in the
bid shall include the cost of both bonds each in the amo
price.
SECTION 49 -- BUILDING RISK
ro ect and all materials and wor'.{
y responsible for the p j writing by
Contractor is full resp completed project is accep expense any materials or
connected therewith until replace
r repair at his own eXP for said
Owner. Contractor shall rep
work damaged or stolen regardless of whether he has receive payment
work or materials from Owner.
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CggIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTV-
Gmg_.�J,. CONDITIONS
REVISED: GC/33
January 1, 1982
SECTION 50 -- LIABILITY INSURANCE
a• The Contractor shall not commence work under this contract
um of all the insurance required hereunder and
he has
ance has been approved b such insur-
Subcontractor to c y the Owner; nor shall the Contractor allow any
amraence work on his subcontract until all similar insur-
ance required of the Subcontractor has been so obtained and a
Approval of the insurance by the Owner shall not relieve
liability of the Contractor hereunder. approved.
shall be The cost of all suchinsuranecreasece
the
included is the bid amount. insurance
il) Workmen's Compensation and Employer's Liability y Insurance required by
(2) Comprehensive General Liability:
(a) Bodily Injury
$250,000.00 each person
$500,000.00 each occurrence
$500,000.00 aggregate products
complete operations) (including
(b) Property Damage
(broad form) $300,000.00 each occurrence
$300,000.00 aggregate operations
$300,000.00 aggregate protective
$300,000.00 aggregate products (including
o
complete perations)
$300,000.00 aggregate contractual
(3) Comprehensive Automobile Liability, (Owner, Mon -ow
ned and Hired Vehicles)
(a) Bodily Injury
$100,000.00 each person
$300,000.00 each occurrence
(b) Property Damage
$100,000.00 each occurrence
(4) Owner's Pro tective Liability
(a) Bodily Injury
$250,000.00 each person
$500,000.00 each occurrence
(b) Property Damage
$300,000.00 each occurrence
$300,000.00 aggregate
b• Certificate of
Insurance (original and one co
Owner Providing coverage ( outlined. copy) shall be furnished
can-
cellation shall be Thirty -day written notice of to the
sion
shall be given to the Owner and the Architect can -
included in the insurance , and such
C. policies and in the certificates roflinsuran
Non Liabilit of Owner or
or responsibility to an �' hitect:. Owner and Architect assume no liability
to cart y person or organization from the failure of Contractor
y a sufficient amount or types of insurance coverage.
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
REVZSF;D: CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTal
January 1, 1982 GENE R4L-CONDITIONS
GC/34
51 BUILDERS RISK INSURANCE OVER ONE MiLLIv� L��- --
ION applicable for projects costing over one million dollars -
This section is p�P y. 'i•he policy will
The Owner will provide a Builders Risk Insuraand will policinclude the interests
be in the full amount of the contract price,
of the Contractor and Subcontractors.
The
insuring, deductible and exclusion clauses are as follows:
(1) Insuring Clause:
subject to the limitations, exclusion, terms and conditions
This policy J respect of occurrences happen-
olicy, against all risks of physical
hereinafter mentioned, it to insure, in res
ing during the period of this p
loss of or damage to:
(a) property in course of construction,
re -construction or repair
while at the location of the said consth reinnreferredsto as
ion
or repair operations (all of which tof Contract or Contracts
"the work") which are the subj which will be delivered
described in the coverage endorsements; h of the Contract;
to the Contractor subsequent to the signing din materials and
(b) property of every kind and description
(including _
suppliers) owned by the assured and used or to be used proper mayin abea t
supp )id including
of, incidental to, thework° �1erand�while in
located within the co mi uelon,
St. Pierre and �1� q
Alaska and Hawaii, Canada,
or places aforesaid;
transit and between any P a art of, or incidental
P
(c) property of others used or to be used lbe responsible or shall,
to the work, for which the assured may be made hereunder,
any occurrence for which claim may arising under this
prior to
have assumed responsibility. Loss, if any, ssured.
a h (c) will be adjusted with and paid to the a
para gr P
W
(2) Deductible out of
1 000.00 each and every loss or series of losses arising
$ ce t that a deductible of $250.00ts apof ply
one occurrence ex P extended coverage
each and every loss or series of losses arising
renee a� res-pests the perils of fire, lightning,
or vandalism and malicious mischlel•
(TMP foregoing deductible
amounts
are the responsibility of the Contractor or SubcontracL��s•�
onsibility for damage, if any, caused by earthquake.
Owner assumes res P
REVISED: 1982
January 1,
Tle CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAI,111
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
GEINERAL CONDITIONS
CC/35
■
(3) Exclusions
This policy does not cover:
(a) Any loss of use or occupancy howsoever caused;
(b) Penalties for non -completion of or delay in completion of Contra
or non-compliance with contract conditions; ct
(c) Costs of making good faulty or defective worl:manshi
construction but this exclusion shall not a 1 p, material or
ing from such faulty or defective workmanship Y to damage result -
construction; p, material or
(d) Loss or damage directly or indirectly caused b
a fault, defect,
error, or omission in design, plan or specification;
(e) Wear, tear, normal u kee
or normal P p, inherent vice, latent defect, vermon,
making good;
(f) Loss or damage directly or indirectly occasioned b
�'zrough or in consequence of war, invasion acts of�forePening
ene-
mies, hostilities, (whether war be declared or not) -
rebellion, &n revolution, insurrection, military) civil war,
martial law, or confiscation or nationalizaonrorsrequisition�
or destruction of or damage to propert b
Y Y or under the order of
any government or
public or local authority,
(8) Loss or damage arising directly or indirectly from nuclear re ;
nuclear radioactive contamination however such nuclear reaction, -
nuclear radiation or radioactive contamination may have been
caused reaction,
nuclear reaction,ess if a fire arises nuclear radiation, orradior
directly indirectly from
any loss or damage arising directly from that afire eshall (subject
to the provisions of this policy) be covered, excluding however,
all loss or damage caused by nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation
or radioactive contamination arising directly or indirectly from
that fire; '
(h) Loss or damage caused by frost or freezing unless resulting- fr
damage occasioned by fire and/or lightning and/or explosion and/
or windstorm and/or hail and/or riot and/or riot attending a
strike and/or civil or smoke; commotion and/or aircraft and/or vehicles and/
(i) Automobile except on worksite;
W Loss due to disappearance or revealed by inventory shortage alo
ne;
one;
REVISED:
January 1, 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTZv
GENERAL, C=ITIO,
GC/36
(k) Mechanical breakdown," ising as a consequence or mecna„
exclude loss or damage
breakdown;
(1) Infidelity
of the assured s employees;
e to material and/or equipment while in the course
(m) Loss or damage of ocean marine shipment;
ui meet of every description which is not intended
Contractor's
(n) art of the construction operation insured here-
to become a final p
under and for which a value has not been declared in the contract
price. but not
( limited
o) Loss or damage caused by earth movement including
to earthquake.
SECTION 52 -
BUILDERS RISK INSURANCE, UNDER ONE MILLION DOLLARS
under one million dollars
a.
applicable for projects costing
This Section is app the interests
for their losses to the project described
The Owner will reimburse the General Contractor, including civil
windstorm, hail,
of Contractor andthe perilscofrfire, lightning, vandalism, and
herein caused by ail -Taft, vehicle, explosion, riot,
Reimbursement adjustments will be made by the Owner
commotion, smoke,
malicious mischief. a and adjustment provisions of the commercial
in accordance with coverag
and the Vandalise
Fire Insurance policy, Extended Coverage Endorsement,which the
and Malicious
Mischief Endorsement standard
alsotbe subjectnto the following'
project is located. Loss adjustments will
(1) Deductible Clause:
Two Hundred Fifty ($250) Dollars shall be deductedfrom
any
The sum of T or series of claims arising ny and
total sum of all loss or claim, caused by
single accident or occurrence or amount isethefresponsibility of
one S This deductible all perils covered•
the Contractor or Subcontractors-
(2) Contractor's E ui went Clause: r consr
used fo.ructi
of. every description, is the respo',
Loss to Contractor's equipment art of this construction project,
and not becoming a final p
sibility of the Contractor or Subcontractors.
(3) Loss Retorting Clause: or:ed
reimbursement under this innin section repairsall be inorder
All losses requiring prior to the beginning rompt
to the Owner's Representative p
that det
ails of loss can be obtained and verified to Facilitate a
loss adjustment.
REVISED: 1982
January 1=
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTE:`1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
GC/37
SECTION 53 -- HOLD HARMLESS AGREEMENT
a• In addition to obtaining insurance coverage as required by the contract
ments, Contractor shall indemnify and,save Owner, Architect, their agents
and employees harmless from and against an Y, demands,
and all liability, ,docu
causes of action, or claims thereof, whether well-founded or otherwise,
including the cost of defending the same, for bodily injury to any erso
whomsoever, (including employees of Owner or Architect) or damage to n
property of any person in the course of construction and as a result of
the negligence of Contractor, Subcontractors or materialmen, their agents
or employees.
b. No subcontract shall relieve Contractor of any of his liability or obli-
gations under the Contract. Contractor agrees that he is fully responsible
to Owner for acts or omissions of his Subcontractors and their. materialmen
and of persons either directly or indirectly employed by them.
SECTION 54 TAXES
The Contractor shall include in his bid the cost of Social Sec
urit y' y-
ment Compensation, sales, use, and any other taxes as may be required by State the real Municipal, and Federal laws. All taxes and assessments on r perry
comprising th; site of this project shall be paid by Owner l property
SECTION SS -- WORKMEN
Contractor shall at all times enforce strict discipline and good
his employees and shall not employ on the project any unfit personrorrayone
among
not skilled in the work assigned to him. anyone
SECTION 56 CONTRACTOR PARKING
Contractor personnel Will not be allowed to park on the campus, other than
within the contract limit lines or as approved otherwise by the Owner's Rep-
resentative. Such parking shall be further limited by the operations under
this and other prime Contractors working in the construction area.
SECTION S7 -- TRAFFIC CONTROL
Adequate traffic control including the use of flagmen shall be provided at
locations where equipment regularly enters or crosses campus roads. The
method of traffic control and location of flagmen's station shall be as approved
by the Owner's Representative. p,
SECTION 58 -- INTERNAL COMBUSTION E UIPMENT
Internal combustion engines and compressors shall be equipped with mufflers to
reduce noise to a minimum.
REVISED:
January 1, 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF L-kT7ER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTE.\f
GENERAL CONDITIONS
GC/38
SECTION 59 MECHANI _AL rulri-ac,., ,,•••••. -
pic
All self-propelled equipment operated on the project, except
Wepanel
and
andk-uF
trucks, sedans, station wagons, and crawler type cranes, pp
r shovels
draglines, whether moving alone or in combinations, shall be egippedpwiththe equiment moves
an
independent signal alarm which will sound automatically
whenin reverse. The alarm may be contisofrtheintermittent
conditions andwcircumstancesbe audible
for a distance of 50 feet, irrespective
under which the equipment is being operated. Alarms will operate up n initial ntervals
o exceed
backward movement, and if intermittent, he equipmentaisltra ellingointreverse.
three seconds during the entire period the equipment
Compliance with these provisions by Subcontractors will be the responsibility
of the Contractor.
SECTION 60 -- DUST PALLIATION
Throughout the entire construction period,
the Contractor shall effectively dust-
oads used in the operations and involved
palliate the working area, unpaved r
portions of the site, as may be rtrwatering d to eand hsprinkling e dust to aatlsuch m a frequency
palliation shall include intermittent
as will satisfactorily allay the dust.
SECTION 61 -- REFUSE
Refuse barrels shall be provided
and papers. The project shall be
necessary to keep project clean.
SECTION 62 -- FIRE HYDRANTS
by the Contractor fu, workmen's lunch boxes
kept clean. Remove refuse as often as is
The Contractor may use water from the
mission of the Owner's Representative.
must meet the following conditions:
fire hydrants only with the express per -
If permission is granted, the Contractor
a. Always use a standard hydrant and
(Wrenches are available at Pacific
spanner wrench, never a pipe wrench.
States Cast Iron Pipe Company.)
b. Always use a gate valve to regulate
hydrant valve should be in the clear
the amount of water needed. The
open position.
Natiar size r
c. Never force a coupling thread whicheis not willodamagethebronze2
7 1/2 threads to the inch. Any o
d t to see if indeed this is the correct
inch,
nozzle
threading -
threads. Check each by ran
danf the emergency- event
day in order that the
d. Always disconnect hose at the en
hydrant will be ready for use in
e. Always replace the hose nozzle caps after use to prevent the dropping of
roc,'s or other -items down the hydrant barrel.
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYS7E%1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
REVISED GC/39-
January 1, 1982
SECTION 63 -- GLASS BREAKAGE
The Contractor is responsible for glass damaged or broken or putty disturbed
during time of construction. Leave glass whole, free from scratches or rattle
at time of final acceptance.
SECTION 64 -- ELEVATOR MAINTENANCE
If the elevators are used during the construction of the building, the Contractor
must assume total responsibility and also assume the cost of monthly service to
the equipment, by the elevator contractor. This responsibility and all operating
costs shall be assumed up to the date of the Owner's acceptance of the facility
and the elevators.
SECTION 65 -- SUNDAY WORK
Work will not be permitted on the project on Sunday except in emergency situations
SECTION 66 -- DOMESTIC STEEL
No reinforcing, structural or other steel not manufactured in the United States
of America shall be used in this project. This applies to the continental
United States only.
SECTION 67 CLEANING UP
a. Contractor shall at all times keep premises and facility free from accumu-
lations of waste materials or rubbish caused by his employees, Subcontractors
or installation materialmen or workmen, and at completion of work, he shall
remove all his rubbish from under and about the facility; all his tools,
scaffolding and surplus materials, and shall leave the facility clean and
habitable having thoroughly swept all floors, cleaned windows and dusted flat
surfaces such as cabinet tops and window sills.
b. Prior to and during process of painting and/or varnishing, the area where
such work is in progress shall be cleared of all debris, rubbish or building
materials which may cause dust, floors shall be swept as required and all
Possible steps taken to keep area dust -free.
C. In addition to the general cleaning noted above, Contractor shall be respon-
sible for his own clean-up and shall either perform or require Subcontractors
and materialmen to perform the following special cleaning at the completion
Of work:
(1) Removal of putty stains from glass. Washing and polishing same inside
and outside exercising care not to scratch glass;
(2) Removal of marks, stains, fingerprints, other soil, dirt from painted,
decorated stained work;
REVISED:
January 1, 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF L-aTTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
GENERA_ L CONDITIONS
GC/4U
(3) Cleaning and polishing woodwork;
(4)
(5) Removal of spots,
Cleaning and polishing hardware.
dustdirt, paint and the like;
,
soil, paint from tile work, washing of same;
(6) Cleaning of fixtures, equipment,
dust;
This shall include removal of stains,
removal of stains, paint, dirt, and
(7) Removal of temporary floor protection,
1 ets•
cleaning floors, and vacuuming
of al care doors and
o£ exterior, interior metal surfaces, including
(g) Cleaning polished finishes, of oils, stains, dust,
windows, required to have P of surfaces, leaving them without
dirt, and the like. Polishing
fingerprints or other blemishes.
Pro
names or any markings
(9) Removal of all comp any trademarks or p
that are not intended to remain on any materials and/or equipment
permanently installed on the project.
d. If any of the above noted cleaning
is not done as noted, Owner may have
such work done and shall charge to Contractor the cost thereof ;nd may
monies due to Contractor.
withhold such cost from any built rubbish chute,
provide a tightly
ate at
e. Rubbish chute: Contractor shall p round
serving each floor, which shall lead down to angle offset and g
points for trucks. Throwing 'rubbish or. debris to the g
convenient p prohibited.
from the windows, or other parts of the building is
SECTION 68 ITE.�SS TO BE flJR`IISHED BY THE
OWNER
The owner
will furnish ground area for storsgallfacilities
thefor
general vicinity
and his Subcontractors. Such snatedebyrea the Owner• The Owner will not be
other service or item except those which are expressly
of the work, but in areas design
required to furnish any
designated in the contract documents to be furnished by it.
SECTION 69 CONTRACTOR NOT AGENT OF OWNER of
a eed that the Contractor is not the agent or employee
It is expressly gr ledge
f the Owner or in any way attempt to bind
the Owner, but that he is an independent contractor. He shall n° p at oint
or attempt to pledge the credit o mayelect to .p
contract or otherwise. However, the Ownee decided by the owner
the owner by agent for such purposes as may right to purchase
the Contractor as its es also reserves the rig
desire, in which
and agreeable to the Contractor. Thef the Own rials s bid, shall be deducted
and furnish to the Contractor such in the Contractor's -bids
as it may
event the cost thereof, as figured
from the contract sum -
REVISED:
January 1, 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTF-"I
GENER.%L CONDITIONS
GC/41
•
SECTION 70 -- APPOINTMENT OF OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE
The Owner will appoint an Owner's Representative. Said Owner's Representative
may be replaced from time to time by another or others appointed by the Owner,
in which event the Contractor shall be given written notification of the change.
The Contractor is authorized at any and all times to communicate with the Owner's
Representative and give any notices, make any requests, and follow the directions
Of the Owner's Representative; provided, however, that any directions which
constitute a change in the scope of work must be given in writing,
SECTION 71 -- CONTRACTOR TO APPOINT AUTHORIZED AGENT AND SUPERINTENDENT
The Contractor will appoint an agent and superintendent, and agrees that he
will be assigned to the project. The Contractor also agrees that all notices,
requests, and instructions given to said agent shall be considered as having
been given to the Contractor.
SECTION 72 INSPECTION
While the Owner expects to have inspectors on the job to inspect the work as
.it progresses, it does not obligate itself to do so. It is expressly agreed
that the fact that the Owner has inspectors on the job shall not release the
Contractor from performing in strict accordance with the Contract, and the
fact that any particular work has been inspected shall not be a waiver on the
part of the Owner of strict compliance with the Contract.
SECTION 73 -- ATTTORNEYS' FEES
The Contractor agrees to pay any cost incurred by the Owner in enforcing the
Contract, or for any breach thereof, including attorneys' fees in a reasonable
amount.
SECTION 74 -- LANGUAGE
As used herein, words in the singular or plural and related verbs and pronouns
shall include and signify both the plural and singular, and use of an
shall include all genders, according to the context hereof, Y Sender
SECTION 75 PURCHASE OF MATERIALS BY OWNER
The Owner desires to purchase certain materials which will be utilized in the
work. The Contractor agrees that the following conditions shall apply:
a• The Owner and the Contractor shall mutually agree which materials the
Owner will purchase.
b• The cost of such materials, together with the amount the Contractor
would have paid as sales tax, shall be deducted from the Contract sum as
specified.
REVISED:
January 1, 1982
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
CF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH' EDUC4TIONAL SYSTEbf
GENERAL CONDITIONS
c.
-M
e.
f.
9.
er and the Contractor as to the Mallrnecessary
upon agreement between the Own will furnish to the Own ro eces
the Owner is to purchase, to enable the Owner top P
information, including source of supply,
p;lrchase such materials.
failure of defect, �
er harmless of and from any loss, claim,
Contractor shall hold the Own purchased resulting �ralating to such material
the suppliers of materials so P or any other problem
discrepancy, delay in delivery caused by acts or omissions of the
except such failure is directly
except where anY
owner. shall remain
as called for in the Camount of coverage or any
All bands and insurance,
force. 'there shall be no reduandon
deduction for premiums
surance.
in full iums for said bonds
Materials ordered by hn
e Cwer
will not be paid for until written
approval has been given by the ConuactOT-
-ons do not abrogate the Contraacstrequired by helContract-
ity to
complyconditions fully in the execution of the
SECTION 76 -
_ gEyEgABILITY
enforceable, the remaining PT° -
an arts of the contract do� ents are fol;�nd to be void,
the same
In the event Y P reason to be with
contrary to law, or for any
of the offensive parts as are necessary
the contract documents shall nevertheless be binding deleted,
visions of ortion a had been de
force and eeffect
orbillegaough lity are treated as if they
to V.0 a th
REVISED-1
January, 1982
0
THE CMRCH OF JESUS CG-IRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTF'v1
GLNERAL CONDITIONS
GC/43
SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL CONDITIONS
SECTION 1 - - GENERAL
Su elemental General_ Conditions are hereby made a ga'+ °-
Thesee enificetions with the same force aria e=:ec:
each Section embodiedpherein.
as if wholly
_77r'TION 2 - - EXTENT OF PROJECT
lif-, Fro
Wherever, in thesE
The project as embraced by this Contract shall include the co.�,��
work.
building addition and site work as materials, like item=
S ecifications reference is nstellationto msitrefers tolabik
Specifications
ar or for one 1
in the sing project.
required for the completion of the
SECTION 3 - - ONE CONTRACT
shall be performed under one cEneral
Work under this Contract
contract and not divided intoseparatecontracts covering general,
mechanical and electrical
SECTION 4 - - DRAWINGS
The Drawings herein
referred to,
and accompanying these
Specifications are titled'
PLANT SCIENCE BUILDING, BASEMENT REMODEL -
The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-DaY Saints
Ricks College
Rexburg, Idaho
Project No. 7142 31 0101
Job No. 8776
Idaho; L.H.
Pocatello. systems
As prepared by CSHQA ARCHITECTS/PLANNERS. Engineered Y-
En ineers; g
Associates, Structural g
Ballif Mechanical Engineers, Nielson Engineering.
Associates Incorporated,
Electrical Engineers, all of Pocatello, Idaho.
SECTION 5 -
- SECTIONS AND DIVISIONS
ation of these Spec if icst ions tendedl tos l ons establiand eshlimits of
Separ only and is not ln
for convenience
work.
SECTION 6 - - ACCEPTANCE
and
Contract will be deemed evidence that sit_ lar
of the the Contractor is f am;
Signing work will
Documents have been examined andaconditions under which the
with the existing building
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATION SYSTEM
SGC/1
be done. Beginning of work indicates acceptance of the existing
conditions. Extra payments will not be authorized for work
could have been will
b ng
conditions.
y careful examination o f site t' �t
ite and
SECTION 7 - - PERMANENT UTILITIES
The work included under the Base Bid shall include the installa"ion
and hook-up for all permanent utilties to serve the addition.
SECTION N^' 8 -- PERSONNEL At�D EQ,1
IFME
Maintain a construction force
mechanics, craftsmen, and laborers, sufficienttowork to
completion date indicated in including supervlsc�rs,
member of Contractor's Contract Documents.
organization shall be on the job ob anysible that work is being performed jab any time
ct o
subcontractors throughout the duration of ° the dprGjectr any of the
Maintain construction equipmentsufficient for efficient prosecut ionaof work, in good condition,
SECTION 10 - - STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
Throughout these Specifications reference is made to various widely
published, standard, commercial specifications. The Contractor and
subcontractor shall become familiar with the contents
pertinent portions of those specifications and standards that and
cited and referred to in these Specifications and Drawings. of the
citation of a are
standard specification shall be construed torefer
the latest published revision
and apply directly to the of such portions of it that relate
this material or installation called for on
jab.
In case of conflict between the referenced specification
project specifications, the ,ion and the
In case Project specifications shall gov
standards, of theonf conflict among the reference a n"
one having the more stringent requirementsnshall
govern. 1
The Contractor, if required, shall
furnish an affidavit for the
manufacturer, certifying that the
to the project meet the requirementsteSpecifiedProducts deiHot�:ever.ivsusuch
chcertification shall not relieve the Contractor from responsibilit,
of complying with any added requirements specified herein. 1
SECTION 11 - - TEMPORAFY LIGHTIfJG
The Contractor shall furnish, install and
four 500-wall flood lights (includingmaintain a minimur„ �,f
necessary equipment) located about all wiring and o+,E_
Properly illuminate the project where require-3 t,_,
the construction area. These lights are to be
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATION SYSTEM
SGC/2
mounted or, posts a minimum of 14 feet from the ground in locations
approved by the Owner's Representative. Lights shall be o nerat_ec
from one -hour after sundown to one -hour before sunrise.
SECTION 12 - - PROTECTIVE FENTING
Provide a woven wir_e..- fence as a protective enclosure following the
project limit lines of the project as showy, in the Drawings. Fencs
is to be continuous but with sufficient gates as noted herEaftsr, 6
foot height without top rail. Erect sufficiently taut to maintain
a uniform top level to the fence.
a. The fabric mesh is to be 2" x 4" diamond mesh, Style I, wit:
horizontal wire of two twisted strands of No. 12 1/2 ca,.:ae
and cross wires of No. 14 gauge; all of copper bearinc steel
"flame sealed against rust."
b. Line posts are to be Tee section, studded, 8 foot length.
she posts are to be drive-in type with anchors to secure
posts firmly into position. Terminal and corner posts are to
be 8 foot length made of 2 1/2" x 2 1/2" x 1/4" angle of the
same length as the post. Line posts are to be spaced nit
greater than 12 feet o.c. The fence is to be installed true
to line and plumb.
c. Provide two gates approximately where shown. Gates are to be
24 feet wide, double swing type formed of 1 1/4" steel pipe
with welded joints, fully braced, and covered with fabric
mesh as specified for the fencing. Provide gate with hinges
of type and size suitable to the weight of the gate and
provide a means of positive locking.
d. Upon completion of the project the Contractor shall remove
the fence and patch repair where blacktop has been damaged.
SECTION 13 - - SCAFFOLDING AND HOISTING
Erect and maintain scaffolds, runways, ramps, and ladders,
necessary for reaching all portions of work conveniently and
safely. Provide hoist, lifts, cranes, and towers to expedite
building operations and handling of materials. Install, maintain
and operate equipment in a manner that will prevent injury or
damage.
SECTION 16 - - UTILITIES
The contractor shall provide all temporary utilities for the work
and addition at his expense. Arrangements, however, may be ma.e
with the owner to meter his utility lines and make payment to him
on a pre -arranged schedule. Utility payment shall be made to the
owner on a monthly basis until the addition is turned over to the
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATION SYSTEM
SGC/3
owner for occupancy. This shall include electricity, water ar:5,':•r
steam as may be required.
SECTION 17 - - SCHEDULING UTILITY SHUT DOWN
It shall be incumbent upon the contractor to notify the owner
least 24 hours before any shut down of utilties will be allowed
which would affect the Plant Science Bvilding. The Plant Science
Building, durinq its normal use, has many experiments, exotic
plants, plant cultures, etc. in process and if unauthorized sh-�t
downs should occur the loss to the Plant Science Department would
be sizeable. This includes any and/or all period of the 2y day -
night and includes shut downs of electricity, water and/or steam.
It is imperative that this coordination be discussed and scheaol-ed
with the owners approval and prior knowledge.
It is imperative that the fire protective sprinkling system in the
existing Plant Science Building be operative at all times. If, for
any reason, a shut down would affect the operation of this
sprinkling system, the owner shall be notified, the shut down held
to an absolute minimum and shall be coordinated with the owner.
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATION SYSTEM
SGC/4
PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That
of as Principal, hereinafter called Contractor,
and , as Surety, hereinafter called
Surety, are held and firmly bound unto '
as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, in the amount of
($ ), for the payment whereof
Contractor and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators,
succ:e5sors and assigns, jointly acid severally, firmly by these presents.
WHEREAS, Contractor has by written agreement dated
entered into a contract with Owner for
in accordance with drawings and specifications
prepared by , Architect, which contract is by reference
made a part hereof, and is hereinafter referred to as the Contract.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS -such that, if Contractor shall
promptly and faithfully perform said contract, then this obligation shall be null
and void; otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
The Surety hereby waives notice of any alteration or extension of time made by the
Owner.
Whenever Contractor shall be, and declared by Owner to be in default under the
Contract, the Owner having performed Owner's obligations thereunder, the Surety
may promptly remedy the default, or shall promptly:
1. Complete the Contract in accordance with its terms and conditions, or
2. Obtain a bid or bids for submission to Owner for completing the Contract
in accordance with its terms and conditions, and upon determination by
Owner and Surety of the lowest responsible bidder, arrange for a contract
between such bidder and Owner, and make available as work progresses
(even though there should be a default or a succession of defaults under
the contract or contracts of completion arranged under this paragraph)
sufficient funds to pay the cost of completion less the balance of the
contract price; but not exceeding, including other costs and damages for
which the Surety may be liable hereunder, the amount set forth in the
first paragraph hereof. The term"balance of the contract price," as
used in this paragraph, shall mean the total amount payable by Owner to
Contractor under the Contract and any amendments thereto, less the amount
properly paid by Owner to Contractor.
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-CAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
PB/l
Any suit under this bond must be instituted before the expiration of two (2) years
from the date on which final payment under the contract falls due.
No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or
corporation other than the Owner named herein or the heirs, executors, administrators
or successors of Owner.
Signed and sealed this day of
IN THE PRESENCE OF:
STATE OF )
SS
COUNTY OF )
A.D., 197 .
(Sea 1)
Principal
Title
(Seal)
Principal
Title
, being first duly sworn an oath,
deposes and says, that he is the of said Surety Company,
and that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver the foregoing obligation;
that said Surety Company is authorized'to execute the same and has complied in all
respects with the laws of in reference to becoming sole Surety
upon bonds, undertakings and obligations.
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 197
My Commission expires:
Notary Public
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
PB/2
LABOR AND MATERIAL PAYMENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That as
, of
principal, hereinafter called Principal, and
- as Surety, hereinafter
are held and firmly bound unto
called Surety as Obligee, hereinafter called Owner, for the use
and benefit of claimants as hereinbelow defined, in the amount of
, for the
Dollars ($ executors,
al and Surety bind themselves, their heirs,
payment whereof Princip jointly and severally, firmly by these
admi�.istrators, successors and assigns, j y
presents.
AREAS, Principal has by written agreement dated '
entered into a contract with Owner for is accordance with drawings and specifica-
tions prepared by art hereof, and is hereinafter referred to
which contract is by reference made a p
as the Contract.
OW THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION is such that if the for rinallalabor
N ' payment to all claimants as hereinafter defined,
shall promptly make P ym for use is the performance of the Contract,
and material used or reasonably required
then this obligation shall be void; otherwise it shall remain in full force an
effect, subject,
however, to the following conditions:
1. A claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with the
Principal or with a subcontractor of the rinipal use for labin ors
material, or both, used or reasonably requiredconstrued
performance of the contract, labor and material
being
lightheat, oil,
to include that part of water, gas, power,
gasoline, telephone service or rental of equipment directly
applicable to the Contract.
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
LMPB/1
2. The above named Principal and surety hereby jointly and severally agree
with the Owner that every claimant as herein defined, who has not been
paid in full before the expiration of a period of ninety (90) days after
the date on which the last of such claimant's work or labor was done or
performed, or materials were furnished by such claimant, prosecute the
suit to final judgment for such sum or sums as may be justly due claimant
and have execution thereon. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment
of any costs or expenses of any such suit.
3. No suit or action shall be commenced hereunder by any claimant.
a) Unless claimant, other than one having a direct contract with the
Principal, shall have given written notice to any two of the
following: The Principal, the Owner, or the Surety above named,
within ninety (90) days after such claimant did or performed the
last of the work or labor, or furnished the last of the materials
for which said claim is made, stating with substantial accuracy
the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials
were furnished, or for whom the work or labor was done or performed.
Such notice shall be served by mailing the same by registered mail
or certified mail, postage Dr -,)aid, in an envelope addressed to
the Principal, Owner or Surety, at any place where an office is
regularly maintained for the transaction of business, or served in
any manner in which legal process may be served in the state in
which the aforesaid project is located, save that such service
need not be made by a public officer.
b) After the expiration of one (1) year following the date -on which
Principal ceased work on said contract, it being understood, how-
ever, that if any limitation embodied in this bond is prohibited
by any law controlling the construction hereof such limitation
shall be deemed to be amended so as to be equal to the minimum
period of limitation permitted by such law.
c) Other than in a state court or competent jurisdiction in and for
the county or other political subdivision of the state in which
the project, or any part thereof, is situated or in the United
States District Court for the district in which the project, or
any part thereof, is situated, and not elsewhere.
4. The amount of this bond shall be reduced by and to the extent of any
payment or payments made in good faith hereunder, inclusive of the pay-
ment by Surety of mechanic's liens which may be filed of record against
said improvement, whether or not claim for the amount of such lien be
presented under and against this bond.
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
L' ?B/2
Signed and sealed this day of A.D., 197
IN THE PRESENCE OF:
(Seal)
Principal
Title
(Seal)
Surety
Title
STATE OF )
SS
COUNTY OF )
, being first duly sworn
an oath, deposes and says, that he is the of said
Surety Company, and that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver the fore-
going obligation; that said Surety Company is authorized to execute the same
and has complied in all respects with the laws of in refer-
ence to becoming sole Surety upon bonds, undertakings and obligations.
Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of 197
My Commission expires:
Notary Public
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CH RIST
OF LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCA EDUCATIONAL SYSTMM
LMPB/3
CONTRACT FOR
CONSTRUCTION OF
SLANT SCIENCE BUILDING BASEMENT REMODEL
Project
7142 31 0101
Project No.
AT
RICKS COLLEGE
THIS CONTRACT, made and executed in quadruplicate original as of the
day of
, 19 , by and between RICKS COLLEGE,
a Utah corporation, having its principal office at Rexburg, Idaho (thereinafter
referred to as "Owner") , and
of
"Contractor".)
WITNESSETH:
(hereinafter referred to as
That for and in consideration of the payments hereinafter specified to be paid
by the Owner to the Contractor and the covenants and agreements herein con-
tained to be kept and performed by the parties hereto, the Contractor agrees
to build and construct the proposed
at Ricks College in Rexburg, Idaho, known as Project No.
(hereinafter referred to as the "Project"), and to furnish all labor, supervision,
equipment, transportation and power, to furnish and deliver all materials, and
perform and supervise all work as required herein and by the contract documents
hereinafter identified, all of which shall collectively constitute the contract,
and shall hereinafter be referred to collectively as the "Contract" .
THE CHURCH OF JESUS CHRIST OF
LATTER-DAY SAINTS
CHURCH EDUCATIONAL SYSTEM
CONTRACT
C/1
ARTICLE I.
A.
THE IDENTIFICATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS.
The "plans" for the Project consist of Drawings, prepared by
, and approved , 19
0
which plans are identified as follows:
B. The "specifications" for the Project as prepared by
and approved 19 which
specifications are identified as follows:
C . Addendum No. issued 19
ARTICLE II. DATE OF COMPLETION.
The Contractor agrees to complete the work required by the Contract
on or before midnight, 19 Time is hereby expressly
declared to be of the essence of the Contract.
ACTICLE III. THE CONTRACT SUM.
The Owner agrees to pay to the Contractor, in accordance with the terms
hereof, a total of , which sum the Contractor agrees to accept
as full compensation for performing his obligations under the Contract.
ARTICLE IV. THE CONTRACTOR'S REPRESENTATIVE.
The Contractor's Representative is
ARTICLE V . THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE.
The Owner's Representative is
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner has caused this instrument to be signed
by its President, attested by its Secretary, and its corporate seal to be here-
unto affixed, and the Contractor has hereunto affixed his signature as of the
day and year first above written.
-2-
ATTEST:
Secretary
ACKNOWLEDGED:
Support Services Vice President -
Church Colleges and Schools
Church Building Division
Office, Commissioner of Education
RICKS COLLEGE
a Utah corporation
By:
President
Doing business under the firm name
of
By:
Contractor
-3-
m
m
c
n
LC
0
9
r-.
z
t
1
"V
m
G7
oa
3
d
�
o
°
Z—
o� �m
n �
n
n�
r
n� cn
Ln
LA
m
d y C4
v
_a
Z
n
n
R
R
r
z
a
c
c
w
it
c
M
rD
M
ti
A
SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
Extent of building demolition work is shown on drawings-
T es of Selective Demolition Work:
Demolition requires the
selective removal and subsequent offsite disposal of the followings
Portions of building
structure indicated on drawings and
ew construction.
required to accommodate n
Interior partitions as indicated on drawings -
Removal and protection of existing fixtures and equipment items
indicated "salvage".
Removal work specified elsewhere:
work and patching is included within
Remodeling construction °r new
the respective sections of specifications,
oecif ica io s,intinc
remodel remodeling
o
materials for re -use and incorporated
construct ion.
conduits, ducts, other mechanical and
Relocation of pipes, specified by respective trades.
electrical work are sequence of
Schedule: Submit schedule indicating proposed Representative
emoli
operations for selecommencementtofnwork. work to owner's
coordination for
prior to of utility services as
for review p and continuation
shut-off, capping,
required, together with details for dust and noise contra
l.
emoval
Provide detailed sequence °eowner'snon-site nd roperations.
rk_to
ensure uninterrupted progress of
occupying areas of the
of selective
vdemolition.
Occupancy: Owner will be continuously PY g
building immediately adjacent o work asn mannerthatwillminimize
Conduct selective demolitionProvide minimum
need for disruption of Owner's normal operations.
of
72 hours advance notice to owneroof
demolition activities which
will severely impact owner's norms
ion o f Structures: Owner assumes hno
ed, responsibility for
Condit
actual condition of structures to be demolished.
e of commencement of contract will be
Conditions existing at tim
far as practicable. However, variations
Owner insofar maintained by occur by Owner's removal and salvage
within structure may
operations prior to start of demolition work.
ial Demolition and Removal: Items indicated to be removed but
Part be removed from structure as
value to Contractor may the are
of salvable items from site as Y
work progresses. Transport salvaged
removed. permitted.
Storage or sale of removed items on site will not be
02070 - 1
8776/SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Protections: Provide
ora
protection as required toemprot y
ct
public from injury due to selective
Provide protective measures
safe passage of Owner's personnel
occupied portions of building.
barricades and other forms of
Owner's personnel and general
demolition work.
as required to provide free and
and general public to and from
Erect temporary covered passageways as required by authorities
having jurisdiction.
Protect from damage existing finish work that is
to
Place and becomes exposed during demolition operations. remain in
Provide floors with suitable coverings when necessary.
Construct temporary insulated solid required to separate areas where noisdusy partitions where
dust operations are performed. Y extensive dirt or
doors and security locks if requiredlp partitions with dustproof
Provide temporary weather protection during interval between
demolition and removal
surfaces, and installation of new
g construction on exterior
no water leakage construction to insure that
areas of existing builor ddamage occurs to structure or interior
ding.
Remove protections at completion of work.
Damages: Promptly repair damages caused to adjacent facilities b
demolition work at no cost to Owner.
Y
Traffic: Conduct
removal in a manner
streets, walks, and
selective demolition operations and to ensure minimum interference with roads,
other adjacent occupied or used facilities.
Utility Services:
remain, Maintain
demolition eoperations.
vice, and
existing utilities indicated to
protect against damage during
Do not interrupt existing
facilities, utilities serving occupied or used
faexcept when authorized
having jurisdiction. in writing by authorities
interruptions to existing utilities, asacceptabletogovernin
rvide mporary services
during
_
authorities.
a
Environmental Controls: Use sure,, and other suitable methods atorlimtdust and dirt rising
sprinkling,temporary enclo-
sures, in air to lowest practical level,
regulations pertaining to environmental Comply with governing
regulations
protection.
Do not use water when it may create conditions such as ice, floodin hazardous or objectionable
Inspection:
inspect areas
g, and pollution.
Prior to commencement
in which work will be
8776/SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMnnFr.
Of selective demolition work,
performed. Photograph existing
02070 - 2
conditions to structure surfaces, equipment or to surrounding
properties which could be misconstrued as damage resulting from
selective demolition work; file with Owner's Representative prior
to starting work.
Preparation: Provide interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or
support to prevent movement, settlement or collapse of structures
to be demolished and adjacent facilities to remain.
Cease operations and notify Owner's Representative immediately
if safety of structure appears to be endangered. Take precau-
tions to support structure until determination is made for
continuing operations.
Cover and protect furniture, equipment and fixtures to remain from
soiling or damage when demolition work is performed in rooms',or
areas from which such items have not been removed.
Erect and maintain dust -proof partitions and closures as required
to prevent spread of dust or fumes to occupied portions of the
building.
Where selective demolition occurs immediately adjacent to
occupied portions of the building, construct dust -proof
partitions of minimum 4" studs, 5/8" drywall (joints taped) on
occupied side, 1/2" fire -retardant plywood on demolition side,
and filled partition with sound -deadening insulation.
Provide weatherproof closures for exterior openings resulting
from demolition work.
Locate, identify, stub off and disconnect utility services that are
not indicated to remain.
Provide by-pass connections as necessary to maintain continuity
of service to occupied areas of building. Provide minimum of
72 hours advance notice to Owner if shut -down of service is
necessary during change -over.
Demolition: Perform selective demolition work in a systematic
manner.
Demolish concrete and masonry in small sections. Cut concrete
and masonry at junctures with construction to remain using
power -driven masonry saw or hand tools; do not use power -driven
impact tools.
Locate demolition equipment throughout structure and promptly
remove debris to avoid imposing excessive loads on supporting
walls, floors or framing.
Provide services for effective air and water pollution controls
as required by local authorities having jurisdiction.
For interior slabs on grade, use removal methods that will not
8776/SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 3
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
crack or structurally disturb adjacent slabs or partitions.
Use power saw where possible.
Completely fill below -grade areas and voids resulting from
demolition work. Provide fill consisting of approved earth,
gravel or sand, free of trash and debris, stones over 6"
diameter, roots or other organic matter.
If unanticipated mechanical, electrical or structural elements
which conflict with intended function or design are encountered,
investigate and measure both nature and extent of conflict. Submit
report to Owner's Representative in written, accurate detail.
Fending receipt of directive from Owner's Representative rearrange
selective demolition schedule as necessary to continue overall job
progress without delay.
Salvage Items: Where indicated on Drawings as "Salvage -Deliver to
Owner", carefully remove indicated items, clean, store and turn
over to Owne- and obtain receipt.
Disposal of Demolished Materials: Remove debris, rubbish and other
materials resulting from demolition operations from building site.
Transport and legally dispose of materials off site.
If hazardous materials are encountered during demolition
operations, comply with applicable regulations, laws, and
ordinances concerning removal, handling and protection against
exposure or environmental pollution.
Burning of removed materials is not permitted on project site.
Clean -Up and Repair: Upon completion of demolition work, remove
tools, equipment and demolished materials from site. Remove
protections and leave interior areas broom clean.
Repair demolition performed in excess of that required. Return
structures and surfaces to remain to condition existing prior to
commencement of selective demolition work. Repair adjacent
construction or surfaces soiled or damaged by selective demolition
work.
END OF SLV SECTION 02070
8776/SELECTIVE DEMOLITION 02070 - 4
SECTION 03310 - CONCRETE
Codes and Standards:ACI 301 "Specifications for Structural
ACAC
318, "Building Code Requirements for
Concrete for Buildings��, with applicable provisions except as
Reinforced Concrete."; comply
otherwise indicated.
ory to
Concrete Testing Service: Employ
testingCacceptable
designtesting
concretetmixes.
tn
perform material evaluaio,
arate testing laboratory to evaluate concrete
Owner will employ se p
delivered to and placed at site.
Certificates, signed by
concrete producer and Contractor, may be
submitted in lieu of material testing reports when acceptable to
Architect.
r ling and testing during concrete
Quality Control: Perform samp
placement, as follows:
laboratory will perform sampling
Quality Control: Owner's testingwhich may include the
and testing during concrete placement,
following, as directed by Architect. This testineteoesnnot re ieve
Contractor of responsibility of providing
tContractor may perform additional testing as
with specifications. Owner, to ensure quality of concrete.
necessary, at expense to
Samples:: ASTM C 172.
Slum , ASTM C 143, one test for
charge.
Air Content: ASTM C 1730, one
strength specimens.
each load at point of dis-
for each set of compressive
Compressive Strength: ASTM C 39, one set
or fraction thereof of each class of
tested at 7 days, one specimen tested
retained for later testing, if required.
of a given class of concrete is less
tests may be waived by Architect if
evidence of satisfactory strength.
When the total quantity
than 50 cu. yds., strength
field experience indicates
Test results will be reported in writing
and concrete producer within 24 hours after
for each 50 cu. yds.
concrete; one specimen
at 28 days, and one
to Architect, Contractor
tests are made.
product
Manufacturer's Data: Submit maproprietarys materials
installation instructionsacce6sorPesP admixtures, joint
reinforcement and forming
h deners, curing materials, and others as requested by
data with
including
materials,
Architect.
ar
Laboratory Reports: Submit
copies
andfmixlaboratory
designs,test or evalua-
tion reports for concrete materials
033 10 - 1
8776/CONCRETE
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Mix Proportions and Design: Proportion mixes complying with mix
design procedures specified in ACI 301.
Submit written reports to Architect for each proposed concrete
mix at least 15 days prior to start of work. Do not begin
concrete production until mixes have been reviewed and are
acceptable to Architect.
Mix designs may be adjusted when material characteristics,
conditions, weather, job
test results or other circumstances
warrant. Do not use revised concrete mixes until submitted to
and acceptable by Architect.
Use air-entrainina admixtures in all concrete, providing not
less than 4 percent nor more than 6 percent entrained air for
concrete exposed to freezing and thawing, and from 2 percent to
4 percent for other concrete.
Concrete Materials:
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type as required.
Flv-Ash: ASTM C 618, Type C or Type F.
Limit use of fly ash in concrete mix design to not exceed 25
percent of cement content by weight.
Aggregates: ASTM C 33, except local aggregates of proven durabil-
ity may be used when acceptable to Architect.
Water: Drinkable.
Air -Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.
Water -Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494; type as required to suit
project conditions. Only use admixtures which have been tested and
accepted in mix designs, unless otherwise acceptable.
Related Materials:
Moisture Barrier: Clear 8-mils thick polyethylene; polyethylene -
coated barrier paper; 1/8" thick asphalt core membrane sheet.
Membrane -Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type I.
Joint Fillers: See Division-7.
Form Materials:
-------------
Provide form materials with sufficient stability to withstand
pressure of placed concrete without bow or deflection.
Exposed Concrete Surfaces: Suitable material to suit project
conditions.
Reinforcing Materials:
8776/CONCRETE
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE RFMnnVT. 03310 - 2
Deformed Reinforcing Bars ASTM A 615, Grade 60, unless otherwise
indicated.
Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A 185.
Forming and Placing Concrete:
Job -Site Mixing: _Use drum type batch machine mixer, mixing not
less than 1-1/2 minutes for one cu. yd. or smaller capacity.
Increase mixing time at least 15 seconds for each additional cu.
yd. or fraction thereof.
Ready -Mix Concrete: ASTM C 94.
Formwork: Construct so that concrete members and structures are of
correct size, shape, alignment, elevation and position.
Provide openings in formwork to accommodate work of other trades.
Accurately place and securely support items built into forms.
Clean and adjust forms prior to concrete placement. Apply form
release agents or wet forms, as required. Retighten forms during
concrete placement if required to eliminate mortar leaks.
Reinforcement: Position, support and secure reinforcement against
displacement. Locate and support with metal chairs, runners,
bolsters, spacers and hangers, as required. Set wire ties so ends
are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
Install welded wire fabric in as long lengths as practicable,
lapping at least one full mesh.
Joints: Provide construction, isolation, and control joints'as
indicated or required. Locate construction joints so as to not
impair strength and appearance of structure. Place isolation and
control joints in slabs -on -ground to stabilize differential
settlement and random cracking.
Installation of Embedded Items: Set and build into work anchorage
devices and other embedded items required for other work that is
attached to, or supported by, cast -in -place concrete. Use setting
drawings, diagrams, templates, and instructions provided by others
for locating and setting.
Concrete Placement: Comply with ACI, placing concrete in a
continuous operation within planned joints or sections. Do not
begin placement until work of other trades affecting concrete is
completed.
Consolidate placed concrete by mechanical vibrating equipment with
hand rodding and tamping so that concrete is worked around reinfor-
cement and other embedded items and into forms.
Protect concrete from physical damage or reduced strength due to
weather extremes during mixing, placement and curing.
8776/CONCRETE 03310 - 3
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
In cold weather comply with ACI 306.
In hot weather comply with ACI 305.
Concrete Finishes:
Exposed -to -View Surfaces: Provide a smooth finish for exposed
concrete surfaces and surfaces that are to be covered with a
coating or covering material applied directly to concrete. Remove
fins and projections, patch defective areas with cement grout, and
rub smooth.
Slab Trowel Finish: Apply trowel finish to monolithic slab
surfaces that are exposed -to -view or are to be covered with
resilient flooring, paint or other thin film coating. Consolidate
concrete surfaces by finish troweling, free of trowel marks,
uniform in texture and appearance.
Curing: Begin initial curing as soon as free water has disap-
peared from exposed surfaces. Where possible. keep continuously
moist for not less than 72 hours. Continue curing by use of
moisture -retaining cover or membrane -forming curing compound. Cure
formed surfaces by moist curing until forms are removed. Provide
protections as required to prevent damage to exposed concrete
surfaces.
END OF SECTION 03310
8776/CONCRETE 03310 - 4
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
SECTION 05120
— STRUCTURAL STEEL
Standards: AISC Steel
"Code of Standard Practithef °Design,
es and p,ISC 'Spec if icat ions for
Buildings and Bridges"; of Structural Steel for Buildings",eel";
and Erection Of
Code
Fabrication' "Structural Welding
including pro visions, " t except as otherwise indicated.
comply with applicable p
Steel Plates,
Shapes, Bars: ASTM A 36.
ed Steel Tubing. ASTM A 500,
Cold FormGrade B.
Steel Pipe
ASTM A 53, Type E or S, Grade B.
Fasteners: High —strength bolts
and nuts, ASTM A 315 or A 490,
unfinished bolts and nuts, ASTM A 307, Grade A.
Shop P
FS TT—P, Type II; or, SSPC—Paint 2.
Fabrication: Comply
with AISC "Specifications" and final shop
drawings. Mark and match —mark units for field assemb high —strength
Connections:
As shown on final shop drawings. Use 9
bolts for field connections, except as otherwise indicated.quality of
C�mnly with AWS Code for procedures, appearance, and
welds.
el members to
Other Work: Fabricate structuassage ral eof other work
Provisions for other work and for p
provide holes for securing
ndicated.
through steel framing
as iPaintin ers or
Paint structural steel work, rtar, and mcontact
Shop Q
bolted. Clean steel free of lOrovidemill
a
portions of beemweldedmbodded in concrete o paint to p
areas to Apply prime
scale, rust, oil and grease. PP Y
minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.
with AISC Code and Specifications, and maintain
Comply erection. Provide
Ere--n� P y remove when final
work in safe and stable condition asonLequired;
temporary bracing and shoring
connections are in place. wedges or
surfaces, using aces with
Set base plates on cleaned
lre a in�Olidly pack open sp
as req ng of 1 part Portland cement to 3 parts
other adjustments hydration,
or use
bedding mortar, conssti r for packing and by
sand and only enough
commercial non —shrink grout material at Erector's option.
S lice members final shop drawings -
only where shown on
05120 — 1
8776/STRUCTURAL STEEL
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Touch-up primp paint after erection.
connections and abraded areas, a Clean field welds,
and bolted
in shop. pply same type paint as used
END OF SECTION 05120
8776/STRUCTURAL STEEL
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
05120 - 2
SECTION 05400 - COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING
Types of cold -formed metal framing units for project include the
following:
Load -bearing punched channel studs.
"C"-shaped load -bearing steel studs.
"C" shaped steel joists.
Shop Drawings and Data: Submit shop drawings for special com-
ponents and installations not fully dimensioned or detailed in
manufacturer's product data.
Include placing drawings for framing members showing size and
gage designations, number, type, location and spacing. Indicate
supplemental bracing, splices, accessories, and details as
required for prover installation.
Component Design: Calculate structural properties of studs and
joists in accordance with AISI "Specification for Design of Cold -
Formed Steel Structural Members".
Fire -Rated Assemblies: Where framing units are components of
assemblies indicated for a fire -resistance rating, including those
required for compliance with governing regulations, provide units
which have been approved by governing authorities having
jurisdiction.
Manufacturers; one of the following:
Alabama Metal Industries Corp.
Bostwick Steel Framing Co.
Dale Industries„ Inc.
Milcor Division, Inryco Inc.
Marino Industries Corp.
U.S. Gypsum Co.
System Components: With each
provide manufacturer's standard
lintels, clip angles, shoes,
accessories as recommended by
indicated, as needed to provide a
Materials and Finishes:
type of metal framing required,
steel runners (tracks), blocking,
reinforcements, fasteners, and
manufacturer for applications
complete metal framing system.
For 16-gage and heavier units, fabricate metal framing components
of structural quality steel sheet with a minimum yield point of
40,000 psi; ASTM A 446, A 570, or A 611.
For 18 gage and lighter units, fabricate metal framing components
of commercial quality steel sheet with a minimum yield point of
33,000 psi; ASTM A 446, A 570, or A 611.
8776/COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400 - 1
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Provide galvanized finish to metal framing components complying
with ASTM A 525 for minimum G 60 coating.
Provide prime coated finish with one coat of shop -applied red -
oxide, zinc -chromate, or other similar rust -inhibitive primer.
"C"-Shape Studs: Manufacturer's standard load -bearing steel studs
of size, shape, and gage indicated, with 1.625" flange and flange
return lip.
Punched Channel Studs: Manufacturer's standard, factory punched,
load -bearing steel studs of size, shape, and gage indicated, with
1. 375" flange.
Joists: Manufacturer's standard C-shape sections of size shape,
and gage indicated.
Electrodes for Welding: Comply with AWS Code.
Galvanizing Repair Paint: High zinc dust content paint for repair
of galvanized surfaces damaged by welding, complying with M. I.
Spec. MIL-P-21035.
Prefabrication: Structural framing components may be prefabricated.
into panels prior to erection. Fabricate panels plumb, square,
true to line and braced against racking with joints welded.
Perform lifting of prefabricated panels to prevent damage or
distortion.
Fabricate panels in jig templates to hold members in proper
alignment and position and to assure consistent component place-
ment.
Fastenings: Attach similar components by welding. Attach
dissimilar components by welding, bolting, or screw fasteners, as
standard with manufacturer.
Wire tying of framing components is not permitted.
Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate panels to maximum allowable
tolerance variation from plumb, level, and true to line of 1/8" in
10' -Off.
Install metal framing systems in accordance with
manufacturer's printed or written instructions and recommendations,
unless otherwise indicated.
Install continuous tracks sized to match studs. Secure tracks
as recommended by stud manufacturer for type of construction
involved.
Set studs plumb, except as needed for diagonal bracing or required
for non -plumb wails or warped surfaces and similar requirements.
Install supplementary framing, blocking and bracing in metal
framing system wherever walls or partitions are indicated to
8776/COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400 - 2
D T f-TrO f"P1T T lve"_=I MT R&IM (_"t^TLAW� L" DL'Mf)T-MTT
support fixtures, equipment, services, casework, heavy trim and
furnishings, and similar work.
Secure studs to top and bottom runner tracks by either welding or
screw fastening at both inside and outside flanges.
Install horizontal stiffeners in stud system, spaced (vertical
distance) at not more than V —6" o.c. Weld at each intersection.
Installation of Joists: Install level and plumb, complete with
bracing and reinforcing as indicated. Provide not less than 1-1/2"
end bearing.
Reinforce ends with end clips, steel hangers, steel angle clips,
steel stud section, end grain wood block, or as otherwise
recommended by joist manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 05400
8776/COLD—FORMED METAL FRAMING 05400 — 3
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
SECTION 05500 — METAL FABRICATIONS
General:
Structural Performance: Provide the following assemblies capable
of withstanding loadings indicated:
Treads and Plat.f_orms of Steel Stairs: Uniform load of 100 lbf
per sq. ft. or a concentrated load of 300 lbf so located as to
produce maximum stress conditions.
Handrails and Toprails: Concentrated load of 200 lbf applied
at any point in any direction and a uniform load of 50 lbf per
lin. ft. applied simultaneously in both vertical and horizontal
directions.
Guards: Intermediate rails, balusters and panel fillers;
uniform load of 25 lbf per sq. ft. of gross area of guard,
including open areas.
Submittals: In addition to product data, submit the following:
Shop Drawings: Showing details and of fabrication, assembly, and
installation including templates for anchor bolt placement.
Samples of materials and finished products as may be requested
by Architect.
Materials/Fabrication:
General: For work exposed to view use materials selected for
their smoothness and freedom from surface blemishes.
Steel Plates, Shapes, Bars: ASTM A 36.
Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500 or ASTM A 501.
Structural Steel Sheets: ASTM A 570 or ASTM A 611, Class 1; of
grade required for design loading.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, type and grade as required for design
loading (if applicable), black finish unless galvanizing
indicated; standard weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise
indicated.
Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous
castings, either galvanized ferrous castings, malleable iron, cast
steel; with steel bolts, washers and shims; hot dip galvanized.
Non —Shrink Non —Metallic Grout: CE CRD—C621, non —staining, non—
corrosive, non—gaseous; recommended by mfr. for types of
applications indicated.
Fasteners: Provide bolts, nuts, lag bolts, machine screws, wood
screws, toggle bolts, masonry anchorage devices, lock washers as
required for application indicated and complying with applicable
8776/METAL FABRICATION 05500 — 1
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Federal standards. Hot -dip galvanize fasteners for exterior
applications to comply with ASTM A 153.
Shop Painting: Apply shop primer to surface of metal fabrications
except those embedded in ocncrete or galvanized; comply with SSPC-
PA1 and requirements indicated below:
Surface Preparation: Comply with SSPC-SP6 "Commercial Blast
Cleaning" for exterior work, and with. SSPC-SP3 "Power Tool
Cleaning" for interior work.
Shop Primer: Fabricator's standard, fast -curing, lead-free,
"universal" primer complying with performance requirements of
FS TT-P-6 4 5 .
Stripe paint edges, corners, crevices, blots, welds and sharp
edges.
Galvanizing: ASTM A 386 for assembled products; ASTM A 123 for
rolled, pressed and forged steel shapes, plates, bars and strip
1/8" and thicker; galvanized repair paint: MIL-P-12035 or SSPC-
Pa int-20.
Fabrication, General: Use materials of size and thickness shown
or, if not shown, of required size, grade and thickness to produce
strength and durability in finished product. Shop -paint all items
not specified to be galvanized after fabrication.
Weld corners and seams continuously, grind exposed welds smooth
and flush.
Form exposed connections with hairline, flush joints; use
concealed fasteners where possible.
Rough Hardware: Furnish custom fabricated bolts, plates, anchors,
hangers, dowels, and other miscellaneous steel and iron shapes for
framing and supporting and anchoring woodwork.
Galvanize, unless otherwise indicated.
Ladders: Fabricate ladders for locations shown, with dimensions,
spacings, and anchorages as indicated. Comply with the
requirements of ANSI A14.3, unless otherwise indicated.
Provide sloping ladders (ship's ladders) where indicated.
Fabricate of open type construction with structural steel
channel or plate stringers, pipe handrails, and open steel
grating treads, unless otherwise indicated. Provide all
necessary brackets, fittings, and anchorages for installation.
Loose Bearing Plates: Provide for steel items bearing on masonry
or concrete, as shown. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts.
Galvanize after fabrication.
Loose Steel Lintels: Fabricate to sizes indicated.
8776/METAL FABRICATION 05500 - 2
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Galvanize after fabrication.
Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide as required to
complete work and not included with structural steel framework.
Fabricate of welded construction in as large units as possible;
drill and tap as required to receive hardware and similar items.
Include required anchors for building into other work; spaced not
more than 24" o. c.
Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Fabricate to shapes and sizes as
required for profiles shown; continuous welded joints and smooth
exposed edges. Use concealed field splices wherever possible.
Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages; coordinate assembly and
installation with other work.
Shelf Angles: Fabricate to sizes indicated for attachment to
support framing. Provide slotted holes to receive anchor bolts,
spaced not more than 6" from ends and 24" o.c.
Furnish wedge -type concrete inserts (WCI) complete with
fasteners for securing shelf angles to cast -in -place concrete.
Galvanize shelf angles to be installed on exterior concrete.
Abrasive Surface Floor Plate: ASTM A 283, Grade A, with mfr's.
standard abrasive granules rolled into surface.
Steel Pipe Railings: Fabricate to dimensions shown, with smooth
bends and welded joints using 1-1/2 steel pipe, unless otherwise
indicated. Secure posts and rail ends to building construction as
indicated.
Provide black steel pipe for interior railings, primed after
fabrication.
Cast Treads and Thresholds: Cast-iron units with integral
abrasive finish, of size and configuration indicated; with mfr' s.
standard anchors for type of application indicated.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide products by one of the following:
American Abrasive Metals Co.
American Safety Tread Co.
Barry Pattern and Foundry Co., Inc.
Safe-T-Metal Co., Inc.
Stubbs Foundry Co.
Wooster Products Inc.
Steel Framed Stairs: Complete stair assemblies of type indicated
and including metal framing, hangers, columns, railings, newels,
balusters, struts, clips, brackets, bearing plates and other
components required for support of stairs and platforms.
Stair Framing: Fabricate stringers of structural steel
channels or plates or a combination thereof, and platforms of
8776/METAL FABRICATION 05500 - 3
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
structural steel channel headers and miscellaneous framing
members, of size indicated or required to support design
loadings.
Metal Pan Risers, Subtreads, and Subplatforms: Form metal pans
to configuration indicated from hot -rolled or cold -rolled steel.
Weld risers and subtreads to stringers, and subplatform to
platform framing members.
Steel Floor Plate Treads and Platforms: Fabricate treads and
platforms from raised pattern steel floor plate complying with
FS QQ-F-461, Class 1, of pattern indicated or selected from
mfr's. standards. Form treads of 1/4" thick plate with
integral nosing and back edge stiffener. Weld treads and
platforms to support framing.
Installation: Perform cutting, drilling and fitting required for
installation; set work accurately in location, alignment and
elevation, measured from established lines and levels. Provide
anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for installation to
other work.
Set loose items on cleaned bearing surfaces, using wedges or
other adjustments as required. Solidly pack open spaces with
bedding mortar, consisting of 1 part portland cement to 3-parts
sand and only enough water for packing and hydration, or use
commercial non -shrink grout material.
Touch-up shop paint after installation. Clean field welds,
bolted connections and abraded areas, and apply same type paint
as used in shop. Use galvanizing repair paint on damaged
galvanized surfaces.
END OF SECTION 05500
8776/METAL FABRICATION 05500 - 4
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
SECTION 05520 - HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS:
General:
Definitions:
Definitions in ASTM E 985 for railing -related terms apply to this
section.
Structural Performance of Handrail and RAiling Systems: Comply
with ASTM E 895 based on testing per ASTM 89 and E 935.
Structural Performance of Handrail and Railing Systems: Provide
handrails and railing systems capable of withstanding the following
structural loads without exceeding the allowable design working
stress of the materials involved:
Top Rail Guardrail Systems: Concentrated load of 300 lbf
applied at any point and a uniform load of 100 lbf per linear
ft. with each load applied nonconcurrently with respect to
direction and each other, vertically downward or horizontally.
Handrails Not Serving as Top Rails: Concentrated load of 200
lbf applied at any point and a uniform load of 50 lbf per lin.
ft. with each load applied nonconcurrently with respect to
direction and each other, vertically downward or horizontally.
Infill Area of Guardrail Systems: Horizontal concentrated load
of 200 lbf applied to one sq. ft. at any point in the system
including panels, intermediate rails, balusters, or other
elements composing the infill area.
Submittals: In addition to product data, submit the following:
Shop drawings showing railing layout and details of components,
with structural computations.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
handrails and railing systems fabricated as indicated in
drawings.
Steel and Iron: Provide steel and iron in the form indicated
complying with the following requirements:
Tubing: Cold -formed, ASTM A 500; or hot -rolled, ASTM A 501.
Steel Plates, Shapes and Bars: ASTM A 36.
Gray Iron Castings: ASTM A 48, Class 30.
Malleable Iron Castings: ASTM A 47, grade as recommended by
fabricator for type of use indicated.
Fasteners: Same material as fastened metal; concealed unless
otherwise indicated or unavoidable and standard with systems
indicated.
8776/HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS 05520 - 1
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Anchors and Inserts: As required for secure anchorage of handrails
and railings to concrete, masonry, and other adjoining work;
noncorrosive to materials joined.
Fabrication, General: Fabricate handra i le and ra i 1 irtgp tp design,
dimensions, and details shown and as required to support design
loadings indicated.
Nonwelded Connections: Interconnect railing and handrail members
using manufacturer's standard concealed mechanical fasteners and
fittings.
Welded Connections: Interconnect steel tube and bar handrails and
railing members by welding; finish welds smooth, flush, and blended
to match adjoining surfaces.
Form bends by bending members, insertion of prefabricated elbow
fittings, radius bends, or by mitering.
Form single and compound curves by bending in jigs.
Provide toeboards, wall returns, closed ends, brackets, flanges,
fittings, sleeves as required for type of installation indicated.
Ferrous Metal Paint Finish: Shop -primed after cleaning and
pretreatment.
Installation:
Set work accurately in location, alignment, and elevation, plumb
and free from rack.
Comply with manufacturer's recommendations for field connections of
handrail and railing members. Comply with applicable ASW code
where welding is required or indicated.
Anchor posts to metal surfaces with fitting designed for this
purpose.
END OF SECTION 05520
8776/HANDRAILS AND RAILINGS 05520 - 2
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
Products:
Lumber, General: Manufacture lumber, 94S and gradestamped, to
comply with PS 20 and applicable grading rules of inspection
agencies certified by ALSC's Board of Review.
Provide seasoned lumber with 19 percent moisture content at time
of dressing shipment, for sizes 2" or less in thickness.
Dimension Lumber: Provide lumber of the following product
classification in grade and species indicated:
Light -Framing: (2"-4" thick, 2"-4" wide).
Construction grade.
Structural Light Framing (2"-4" thick, 2"-4" wide): Grade and
species indicated:
No. 2 grade, Douglas Fir
Structural Joists and Planks (2"- 4" thick, 5" and wider): Provide
the following:
No. 2 grade, Douglas Fir graded under WCLIB or WWPA rules:
Fb (minimum extreme fiber stress in bending); 1500 psi.
E ( minimum modulus of elasticity) ; 1, 500, 000 psi.
Exposed Framing Lumber: Hand select material at factory from
lumber of species and grade indicated below for compliance with
"Appearance" grade requirements of ALSC National Grading Rule;
Hem -Fir, Select Structural Grade per WWPA rules.
Redwood, Clear -All Heart Grade per RIS rules.
Concealed Boards: Standard grade, any species graded under WWPA
rules or No. 3 grade Southern Pine graded under SPIB rules.
Lumber for Miscellaneous Uses: Unless otherwise indicated, provide
Standard grade lumber for support of other work, including rooftop
equipment and support bases, cant strips, bucks, nailers, blocking,
furring, grounds, stripping and similar members.
Construction Panels: For types of concealed applications indicated
below, provide wood panel products complying with PS 1 where
applicable, and with "APA Performance Standard and Policies for
Structural Use Panels" (Form E445) for requirements indicated.
For following types of applications where exposure durability
classification or span rating is not give, provide EXPOSURE 1
and rating required to suit support spacing indicated.
8776/ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 1
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Combination Subfloor-Underlayment: APA RATED STURD-I-FLOOR,
square -edged if not otherwise indicated.
Subflooring: APA RATED SHEATHING.
Wall Sheathing: APA RATED SHEATHING.
Roof Sheathing: APA RATED SHEATHING.
Plywood Backing for Electrical and Telephone Equipment: APA C-D
PLUGGED INT with exterior glue, in thickness indicated, or, if
not otherwise indicated, not less than 15/32".
Hardboard Underlayment: 4' x 4' panels complying with ANSI A135.4,
Class 4 (service), surface S1S; sanded on back side to uniform
thickness of 0.215" or 0.200", as standard with manufacturer, plus
or minus 0.005".
Particleboard Underlayment: ANSI A 208.1, graded 1-M-1 in
thickness indicated.
Gypsum Sheathing: ASTM C 79, FS SS-L-30, Type II, Class 2, Form A
and complying with the following requirements:
Grade X: Fire-resistant treated core, 5/8" thick.
Size and Edges: 4' x 8', square edges.
Fasteners and Anchorages: Of size, type, material and finish
suited to applicable shown. Provide metal hangers and framing
anchors of the size and type recommended for intended use by
manufacturer. Hot -dip galvanize fasteners and anchorages for work
exposed to weather, in ground contact and high relative humidity to
comply with ASTM A 153.
Building Paper: Asphalt saturated felt, non -perforated ASTM D 226.
Air Infiltration Barrier: Vapor permeable, water-resistant fabric
composed of polyethylene fibers 6.1 mils thick.
Preservative pressure treat lumber and plywood with water -borne
preservatives to comply with AWPA C2 and C9, respectively, and with
requirements indicated below:
Wood for Ground Contact Use: AWPB LP-22.
Wood for Above -Ground Use: AWPB LP-2.
Treat cants, nailers, blocking, stripping, and similar in
connection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers and water-
proofing.
Treat sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping and similar
items in direct contact with masonry or concrete.
Fire -Retardant Treated Wood: Where wood is indicated for fire -
retardant treatment comply with AWPA C20 (lumber) and C27 (plywood)
8776/ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100 - 2
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
for treatment type indicated below. Provide label of UL or other
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction on each piece treated. Redry treated lumber.
Interior Type A: Use where "FRTW" wood is indicated on
interior.
Exterior Type: Use where "FRTW" wood is indicated for exterior,
exposed applications.
Installation:
Install rough carpentry work to comply with "Manual of House
Framing" by National Forest Products Assoc. ( N. F. P. A. ) and with
recommendations of the American Plywood Assoc. (APA), unless
otherwise indicated. For sheathing, underlayment and other
products not covered in above standards, comply with recommenda-
tions of manufacturer of product involved for use intended. Set
carpentry work to required levels and lines, with members plumb and
true and cut to fit.
Securely attach carpentry work to substrates and supporting members
using fasteners of size that will not penetrate members where
opposite side will be exposed to view or receive finish materials.
Install fasteners without splitting wood; fasten panel products to
allow for expansion at joints unless otherwise indicated.
Provide wood framing members of size and spacing indicated; do not
splice structural members between supports. Firestop concealed
spaces with wood blocking not less than 2" thick, if not blocked by
other framing members.
Fasten structural wood panel products as follows:
Sheathing:
Nail to framing.
Staple or nail to framing.
Air Infiltration Barrier: Cover wall sheathing with air infiltra-
tion barrier in compliance with manufacturer's printed directions.
END OF SECTION 06100
06 100 - 3
8776/ROUGH CARPENTRY
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
i ►�
L
_ :� '
I
_ J .
_J_74�X4 �=J., � fro'-�
�� � -
>•_
-
:'$ � _�
�.�...�
.r .lt, ,�•
- 3� ter-
��-,i�'i'T F.Imo- - c
ir• J�
- -
+w
ti i Ji 'F
-
r
L
DID
SJ: .7C
c •� r •_
'r1-.. '- -'- mp r yam.a-
1 r
SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY
Product Data: Submit for factory -fabricated paneling.
Samples: Submit samples of the following items:
Lumber machined to stock and custom patterns, 2'-0" long x
pattern width and thickness, for each configuration, species and
grade indicated.
Finish one side and one edge of samples for transparent
f inished items.
P_lVwood for transparent finish, 2' -0" panel width, finish
applied to upper half of each piece.
Softwood Lumber: Comply with PS 20 and applicable grading rules of
d inspecting agency atternseCies usingnd product
respective grading anseasoned
indicated. Manufacture to sizes and p
lumber. Use pieces made from solid lumber for transparent finished
work, and glued -up or solid, at contractor's option for painted
work.
Furnish surfaced lumber for painted trim.
Interior Standing and Running Trim for Trans arent or Painted
Finish: Any Western Pine, Douglas Fir or White Fir species
graded under WWPA rules as C Select or, for Idaho White Pine, as
choice.
Softwood Plywood: Provide APA graded panels as indicated
complying with PS 1/ANSI A199. 1.
P1 wood for Painted Finish: APA MDO EXT, panel dimensions as
indicated.
Hardwood Plywood: Stock panels of thickness and size indicated,
complying with PS 51 for qualities indicated below:
Face Veneer Species: Plain sliced Red Oak.
Grade: Premium.
Backing Veneer Species: Any hardwood veneer compatible with
face veneer.
Grade: Same as face grade.
Construction: Lumber core.
Plywood type: Type II (Interior).
Face Pattern: Plain.
Face Veneer Matchin (Panel -to -Panel): No match.
Finish: Polish sanded.
06200 - 1
8776/FINISH CARPENTRY
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Hardwood Lumber: Comply with referenced woodworking standard for
quality of materials and fabrication and with requirements
indicated.
Woodworking Standard: AWI "Quality Standard.
Standing and Running Trim for Transparent Finish: Plain sawn
Red Oak fabricated to pattern and sizes indicated in the
following grade:
Premium.
Fasteners and Anchorages: Provide nails, screws and other
anchoring devices of type, size, material and finish suitable for
intended use and required to provide secure attachment, concealed
where possible.
Fire -Retardant Treated Wood (FRTW): Where wood is indicated for
fire -retardant treatment comply with AWPA C 20 (lumber( and AWPA C
27 (plywood) using fire -retardant which will not bleed through or
adversely affect type of finish indicated and which does not
require brush treatment after field cutting. Provide UL label on
concealed surface of each piece. Redry treated lumber. Inspect
each piece of lumber and plywood after treatment and drying;
discard twisted, warped, bowed or otherwise damaged or defective
wood.
For FRTW wood exposed to exterior, use exterior type of
treatment which results in no increase in fire performance
rating when tested in accordance with ASTM D 2898, Method A
(standard rain test).
For interior FRTW wood not exposed to relative humidities in
excess of 92%, use treatment chemicals with reduced
hygroscopicity which are non -corrosive to metal fasteners, are
non -blocking and permit use of transparent oil -based finishes.
Install finish carpentry work plumb, level, true and straight
with no distortions. Shim as required using concealed shims.
Scribe and cut finish carpentry items to fit adjoining work.
Anchor finish carpentry work securely to supports and substrates
using concealed fasteners and blind nailing where possible. Use
fine finishing nails for exposed nailing except as indicated,
countersunk and filled flush with finished surface.
Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints
possible, using full-length pieces from maximum length of lumber
available. Cope at returns, miter at corners to produce tight
fitting joints. Use scarf joints for end -to -end joints.
END OF SECTION 06200
8776/FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 - 2
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
SECTION 06400 - ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
Standards: Comply with applicable requirements of the following:
"Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" by AWI.
"Manual of Millwork" by WIC.
Shop Drawinqs: Submit shop drawings for each item of
architectural woodwork.
Samples: Submit finished samples of each wood species and cut
indicated for transparent finish; of each material indicated for
finish of plastic
opaque finish; of each color, pattern and
laminate; and of each type of cabinet hardware.
interior Wood:
Solid Wood for Transparent Finish: Rift -sawn Red Oak.
Solid Wood for Opaque Finish: Any closed -grain hardwood listed
in referenced woodworking standard.
plywood for Transparent Finish: Rift -cut Red Oak.
Plywood for Opaque Finish: Hardwood plywood, yellow birch.
Plastic Laminate: High pressure decorative laminate complying
with NEMA LD 3, in color, pattern and finish indicated, or, if not
chitect from manufacturers' standard
indicated, as selected by Ar
products.
Interior Standing and Runnina Trims for Transparent Finish:
Grade: Premium.
Interior Standing and Running Trim for 0 a ue Finish:
Grade: Custom.
Plastic Laminate Finished Cabinets:
Grade: Premium.
Construction: Reveal overlay.
osed Surfaces: GP-50 for non-postformed
Plastic Laminate for Ex
horizontal surfaces, PF-42 for postformed surfaces, and the
following grades for vertical surfaces.
GP-50.
Plastic Laminate Countertop:
06400 - 1
8776/ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Grade: Premium.
Wood Stora a Shel,-inq for 0 ague Finish:
Gr=de_: Custom
Shelving Material:
hardwood edge bands on exposedoedge5Ywood with veneer core and
Finishes for Architectural Woodwork: Finishing of architectural
woodwork is work of architectural woodwork.
Provide factor
finish s stem of type indicated for the
following types of architectural woodwork.
Interior trim for transparent finish.
Casework.
Shop -apply prime/base
architectural coat to the following types of
ion-9ksection "PaintingCe with requirements
indicated in Divisin
Interior trim for opaque finish.
Wood storage shelving.
Transparent Finish for open Grain Woods:
e the
finish in compliance with AWI "Architect ural1dWoodworkollowing
Standards", Section 1500. Quality
AWI Finish S stem #4: Vinyl.
Grade: Custom.
Staining: None required.
Effect: Simulated oil finish.
Cabinet Hardware and
Acce
hardware and accessor ssor Materials:
y materials to Provide cabinet
Y wit
indicated for design, material, finish, manufacturer, etcquirements
Installation: Install architectural woodwork
straight with no distortion. plumb, level and
shims, Scribe and cut woodwork to Shim
required using concealed
woodwork to anchors or blocking or directly to substrates,Ausing
concealed fasteners.
Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of
possible using full-length feces joints
available. p from maximum length of lumber
Cope at returns, miter at corners.
Casework: Install without distortion so that doors and drawers fit
openings and are properly aligned.
Countertops: Anchor securely to base units.
8776/ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
06400 -
Wood Storage Shelving: Complete assembly of units and install in
areas indicated including hardware and accessories.
END OF SECTION 06400
06400 - 3
8776/ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
SECTION 07200 - INSULATION
General'
r-value represents the rate of heat flow
Thermal resistivity or
through homogenous material exactly 1" thick and are expressed by
the temperature difference in degrees F between the two exposed
faces required to cause 1 BTU to flow through 1 sq. ft. per hr. at
mean temperatures indicated.
ion
ire
Fire Performance Character indicated peroASTM Evide n119atASTMwith
tf
E84and
performance characteristics
UL
E 136, as applicable, and which correspond to products listed in
"Fire Resistance Directory" or "Building Materials Director
Maximum Allowable Asbestos Content: Less than 0.25% by weight of
asbestos of any type or mixture of types occurring natueSY er
impurities, as determined by polarized light microscopy P
Appendix A of 40 CFR 763.
Submittals: Submit product data for each form and type of insula-
tion indicated.
Products: units in
to
applications
General: Provide preformed manufacturer
widthst standardthicknesses,
indicated# selected
fromwidths and lengths.
C 665 for Type
Faced Mineral Fiber BetwB
III, Class A (blankets tht reflective ,vapoTMetarder membrane
facing with flame spread of 25 or less); foil -scrim -draft vapor -
retarder membrane on one face, respectively; and as follows:
Mineral Fiber Type:
Fibers manufactured from glass.
Combustion Characteristics:
test.
Unfaced materials passes ASTM E 136
Surface Burnin Characteristics:
smoke developed values of 25 and 50,
Maximum flame spread and
respectively.
Sound Attenuation Blankets: FS HH-I-521,
mineral fiber blanket without membrane,
thicknesses as indicated.
Adhesive for Bondin Insulation:
insulation manufacturer.
Mechanical Anchors: Type and size
manufacturer.
Installation:
Type I; semi -rigid
Class 25 flame -spread,
Type as recommended by
recommended by insulation
General: Comply with insulation manufacturer's
installation of insulation.
instructions for
07200 - 1
8776/INSULATION
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
S�_� insulation units by adhesive
both as applicable to location and conditionseindicatldanchora
ge or
END OF SECTION 07200
8776/INSULATION
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
07200 - 2
SECTION 07510 — BUILT—UP ASPHALT ROOFING SYSTEM
Classification: UL Class A rating.
Roofing Warranty: Provide "Roofing Contractor's" standard 2—year
roofing guarantee; MRCA form 1970A, or equivalent form.
Aggregate —Surfaced Asphalt Built —Up Roofing:
Base —sheet ply (ASTM D 2626, Type I) nailed if possible, otherwise
mopped down with 20 lbs. (+255%) of steep asphalt (ASTM D 312, Type
III).
Prime cementitious substrate before base —sheet application, with
1.0 gal. per square of asphalt cut —back primer (ASTM D 41) .
3 courses of ply sheets, each mopped down with 20 lbs. (+ 25%) of
asphalt of type indirated.
Ply Sheets: No. 15 asphalt —saturated organic felt, perforated
(ASTM D 226, Type I).
Slopes 1/4" to 1/2": Asphalt Type II (flat), ASTM D 312.
Aggregate surfacing course of 60 lbs. (+2596) of asphalt (Type I,
dead level), plus 500 lbs. of gravel or crushed stone or 400 lbs.
of slag, cast in hot, fluid asphalt. Provide aggregate complying
with ASTM D 1863, or if unavailable, provide aggregate complying
with ASTM D 448 gradations 6, 7, or 67, with maximum 3% moisture
content and complying with all other requirements of ASTM D 1863.
Manufacturers: Provide aggregate —surfaced asphalt built—up roofing
system of one of the following:
Celotex Corporation.
Certainteed.
Genstar Roofing Products Co.
GAF Corporation.
Manville Building Materials Corporation.
Owens—Corning Fiberglas Corp.
Tamko Corporation.
Composition Flashing and Stripping: Provide composition flashing
and stripping at edges and interruptions of roofing as shown and
including the following:
Two plies of glass fiber fabric (ASTM D 1688) set in and coated
over with heavy coating of roofing cement (ASTM D 2822). Apply
at metal flanges set on roof membrane at penetrations; set
langes in a bed of roofing cement.
Installation:
Wood Board/Timber Substrates: Cover with 5—lb. red rosin —sized
paper before installing roofing.
8776/BUILT—UP ASPHALT ROOFING SYSTEMS 07510 — 1
RICKS COLLEGE/PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Tape joints of substrate to prevent penetration by roofing
materials.
Shingle multiple plies of roofing, unless otherwise required by
felt manufacturer's instructions.
Nailing: Where nailing is indicated and on nailable substrates,
comply with felt manufacturer's recommendations, and with FM and
UL requirements, for nailing of roofing to substrates.
Substrate Moisture: Do not install roofing on wet insulation or
other moist substrates. Do not apply hot bitumen under a condition
which would cause foaming (due to moisture).
Cant Strips: Provide molded fiber cant strips where possible,
where edges of roofing adjoin vertical surfaces, to raise edges of
roof membrane above main roof surface.
Tapered Edge Strips: Provide tapered edge strips where possible,
where edges of roofing do not adjoin a vertical surface, to raise
edges of roof membrane above main roof surface.
Nail edges of roofing where possible (without causing leaks), and
nail composition flashing to vertical surfaces at edges and
penetrations of roofing.
Seal edges of built-up roofing to prevent flow of bitumen into
building and drains. Provide envelope of roofing felt or, where
envelope is not possible, provide large beads of roofing cement.
END OF SECTION 07510
8776/BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING SYSTEMS 07510 - 2
DTf VCZ rnT_T.7r.Fi PT,ANT SCIENCE REMODEL
SECTION 07600 — FLASHING AND SHEET METAL
Fabricated Sheet Metal, General:
Conform to profiles and sizes shown, and comply with
"Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" by SMACNA, for each general
category of work required.
Metal flashing and counter flashing.
Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, alloy 3003—H14; 0.032" (20 gage);
C22A41 clear anodized finish.
Fabricate sheet metal with flat —lock seams; solder with type
solder and flux recommended by manufacturer, except seal aluminum
seams with epoxy metal seam cement and, where required for
strength, rivet seams and joints.
Coat back —side of fabricated sheet metal with 15—mil sulfur —free
bituminous coating, FS TT—C-494, or SSPC—Paint 12, where required
to separate metals from corrosive substrates including
cementitious materials, wood or other absorbent materials; or
provide other permanent separation.
Provide for thermal expansion of running sheet metal work, by
overlaps or expansion joints in fabricated work. Where required
for water —tight construction, provide hooked flanges filled with
polyisobutylene mastic for 1" embedment of flanges. Space joints
at intervals of not more than 50' for steel, 24' for copper or
stainless steel, or 30' for zinc alloy or aluminum. Conceal
expansion provisions where possible.
Extruded Aluminum Trim and Flashings:
Provide standard products conforming to the profiles and sizes
indicated, alloy 6063—T52, 0.08" minimum thickness; complete with
welded corner units, flashings and accessories.
Finish: AA C22A41 clear anodized.
Separate aluminum from contact with cementitious and absorptive
surfaces, and from dissimilar metals, by a 15—mil coating of
bituminous mastic (FS TT—C-494) or other permanent separation.
Bed base units in roofing cement, FS SS—C-153.
Installation Requirements:
Anchor work in place with noncorrosive fasteners, adhesives,
setting compounds, tapes and other materials and devices as
recommended by manufacturer of each material or system. Provide
for thermal expansion and building movements. Comply with
recommendations of "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" by SMACNA.
Seal mnvina joints in metal work with elastomeric sealants,
complying with FS SS—T-00227,—00230, or—001543.
8776\FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 — 1
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Clean metal surfaces of soldering flux and other substances which
could cause corrosion.
Nail flanges of expansion joint units to substrates at spacing of
6" o. c.
Composition Strip -ping: Cover flanges (edges) of work set on
bituminous substrate with 2 courses of glass fiber fabric (ASTM D
1668) set in and covered with roofing cement, FS SS—C-153.
Performance: Water—tight/weatherproof performance of flashing and
sheet metal work is required.
END OF SECTION 07600
8776\FLASHING AND SHEET METAL 07600 — 2
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
SECTION 07700 — ROOF SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES
Standards: Comply with SMACNA "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"
details for fabrication of units, including flanges and cap —
flashing to coordinate with type of roofing indicated. Comply with
"NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" details for installation of
units.
Roof Accessory Materials; Miscellaneous Units:
Fasteners: Match metal and finish of metal work, or provide
nonmagnetic stainless steel, unless another type fastener is
recommended by manufacturer of accessory unit.
Roofing Cement: FS SS—C-153, type which is compatible with
roofing, and nominally free of sulfur.
Bituminous Coating: 15 mil bituminous mastic coating, FS TT—C-494
or SSPC—Paint 12, nominally free of sulfur.
Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene type.
Prefabricated Skylight Units:
General:
Unit shall consist of 2 3/4" thick double faced grid structures
factory sealed into a screw clamp extruded aluminum frame at
perimeter. Unit shall be installed with a minimum pitch of 4" in
12".
Materials:
Faces shall be fiberglass reinforced, with the following minimum
performance characteristics: Color stability such that the
exterior face will not change more than 3.0 units (Delta E by ASTM
D-2244) after 5 years outdoor weathering in Sough Florida at 7
degrees facing South. Impact resistance minimum 60 ft. lbs. smoke
development maximum 350 by ASTM E-84. Grid core shall be 6063—T6
aluminum I—beam, 7/16" flange width, mechanically interlocked to
insure even munitn/mullion intersection. Bond strength over time,
and shall have an initial bond strength of at least 700 P.S. I.
(ASTM C-297) with no decrease after aging (12 cycles of ASTM
D-1037). Exterior face of panel shall have a special erosion
during manufacture. The surfacing shall be fully field repairable
and refinishable if required. Grid core shall be mechanically
interlocked extruded aluminum I —Beams with a thickness tolerance. of
+.00311. Fiberglass faces shall be permanently bonded to aluminum
grid core under heat and pressure. Aluminum frame shall be 6064—
T5 aluminum with mitred and heli—arc welded at corners. Percent of
light transmission — 0.24 U factor.
Facing Sheets:- Exterior — Crystal
Interior — Mid —White
8776/ROOF SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES 07700 — 1
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Manufacturer: Provide the follwing or equivalent.
Kalwall Corp.; Kalwall Insulated Skylight
Curb Construction: Provide self -flashing units with integral,
self-supporting double wall aluminum curb enclosing minimum 1"
glass fiber board (or equivalent) insulation and with minimum 3"
roof flanges.
Installation:
Anchor units securely to supporting structure.
Coordinate installation with deck construction, vapor retarder (if
any), insulation, roofing and flashing work, to provide waterproof
and weatherproof installations, in accordance with Construction
Details of NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual.
Separate dissimilar metals by coating surfaces with bituminous
coating or other permanent separation.
END OF SECTION 07700
!r
8776/ROOF SPECIALTIES AND ACCESSORIES 07700 - 2
RTrxS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALERS
General:
Preconstruction Field Tests: Prior to installation of joint
sealers, field-test their adhesion to joint substrates per field
adhesion test in AAMA Aluminum Curtain Wall Series No. 13.
Submittals: In addition to product data submit the following:
Samples of each type and color of joint sealer required.
Products:
Compatibility: Provide joint sealers, joint fillers and other
related materials that are compatible with one another and with
joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as
demonstrated by testing and field experience.
Colors: Provide color of exposed joint sealer indicated or, if
not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from
manufacturer's standard colors.
Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard
chemically curing, elastomeric sealant of base polymer indicated,
complying with ASTM C 920 requirements.
Two -Part Nonsag Polysulfide Sealant: Type M; Grade NS; Class
12-1/2; Uses NT, M, G, A, and 0.
One -Part Nonacid -Curing Silicone Sealant: Type S; Grade NS;
Class 25, and as follows:
Uses T, G, and A.
Acrylic -Emulsion Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, one part,
nonsag, acrylic, mildew -resistant, paintable, acrylic -emulsion
sealant complying with ASTM C 834.
Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard,
nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable,
synthetic rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed
joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound.
Foamed -In -Place Fire -Stopping Sealant: Two-part, foamed -in -place,
silicone sealant formulated for use in a through -penetration
fire -stop system for filling openings around cables, conduit, pipes
and similar penetrations through walls and floors, with fire -
resistance rating indicated, per ASTM E 814; listed by UL or other
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction.
Sealant Backings, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint
substrates, sealants, primers and other joint fillers; approved for
applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on fie'_d
experience and laboratory testing.
8776/JOINT SEALERS 07900 - 1
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMOnEL
Plastic Foam Joint -Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient,
nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of plastic foam of material
indicated below, and of size, shape and density to control
sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum
sealant performance.
Either flexible, open -cell polyurethane foam or nongassing,
closed -cell polyethylene foam, unless otherwise indicated,
subject to approval of sealant manufacturer.
Bond -Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as
recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing bond between
sealant and joint filler or other materials at back of joint.
Primer: As recommended by joint sealer manufacturer where required
for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated.
Accessory Materials for Fire -Stopping Sealants: Forming, joint -
fillers, packing and other accessory materials as required for
installation of fire -stopping sealants.
Execution:
General: Comply with joint sealer manufacturers' instructions
applicable to products and applications indicated.
Elastomeric Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with ASTM C 962.
Solvent -Release -Curing Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with
ASTM C 804.
Latex Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with ASTM C 790.
Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with ASTM C 919
for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications.
Installation of Fire -Stopping Sealant: Install sealant, including
forming, packing and other accessory materials to fill openings
around mechanical and electrical services penetrating floors and
walls to provide fire -stops with fire resistance ratings indicated.
END OF SECTION 07900
8776/JOINT SEALERS 07900 - L
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
SECTION 08110 — STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES
Standards: In addition to other specified requirements, comply with
Steel Door Institute "Recommended Specification for Standard Steel
Doors and Frames" (SDI-100), for the following classifications:
Submittals: With manufacturer's standard details and
specifications for steel doors and frames, submit shop drawings
showing application to project, as required.
For door and frame assemblies required to be fire —rated and
exceeding sizes of tested assemblies, submit manufacturer's
certification that each assembly has been constructed to conform
to design, materials and construction equivalent to labeled
construction requirements.
Manufacturer: One of the following:
Allied Steel F-oducts, Inc.
Amweld Bldg, Products Div.
Ceco Corp.
Curries Mfg. Div.
Dittco Prod. Div.
Fenestra Corp.
Mesker Industries, Inc.
Pioneer Bldrs. Products Corp./Div. CORE Industries, Inc.
Steelcraft Mfg. Co.
Trussbilt, Inc.
Republic Builders Products
Corp./Subs. Republic Steel.
Fire —Rated Assemblies: Provide units that display appropriate UL
or FM labels for fire —rating indicated.
Over —size units will be acceptable if certified by manufacturer
that each assembly is constructed the same as labeled units.
Materials: Steel doors and frames; hot —rolled, pickled and oiled
per ASTM A 569 and A 568; cold —rolled per ASTM A 366 and A 568.
Galvanized sheets, ASTM A 526 with ASTM A 525, G 60 zinc
coating, mill phosphatized.
Anchors and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard units. Use
galvanized items for units built into exterior walls, complying
with ASTM A 153.
-.r,rit�,a�; rigid, neat in appearance, and
free from defects, warp or buckle. Weld exposed joints
continuously, grind, dress, and make smooth, flush and invisible..
Prepare steel doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed
finish hardware, including cutouts, reinforcing, drilling and
tapping, complying with ANSI A 115 "Specifications for Door and
Frame Preparation for Hardware".
8776/STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 — 1
IDTrYC rnT T.rr.V/ nT.BMT grrTF.N(R Rr.mnT)FT,
a...... ---
Reinforce units to receive surface -applied finish hardware to
be field applied.
Locate finish hardware as indicated or, if not indicated, per
DHI "Recommended Locations for Builder's Hardware".
Shop paint exposed surfaces of doors and frame units, includinq
galvanized surfaces, using manufacturer's standard baked -on rust -
inhibitive primer.
Doors: Comply with SDI-100, of the types and styles indicated, for
materials quality, metal gages, and construction details.
Provide sightproof louvers for interior doors where indicated,
constructed of 24 ga. steel V-shaped or Y-shaped blades, set into
20-ga. steel frame.
Frames: Comply with SDI-100, of the types and styles indicated,
for materials quality, metal gages and construction details.
Provide standard hollow metal frames for doors, transoms,
sidelights, borrowed lights, and other openings as indicated.
Prepare frames to receive 2 silencers on strike jambs of
single -swing frames and on heads of double -swing frames.
Provide 26 ga. steel plaster guards or mortar boxes, welded to
frame, at back of hardware cutouts where installed in
concrete, masonry or plaster openings.
Protect inside faces of frames in plaster or masonry wall
construction which are placed with anti -freeze additives,
using high -build fibered asphalt emulsion coating.
Installation: Install hollow -metal units in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions and final shop drawings Cif any).
Fit doors to frames and floors with clearances specified in SDI-
100.
Install fire -rated units in accordance with NFPA Std. No. 80.
Finish hardware is specified in another Division-8 section.
END OF SECTION 08110
8776/STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES 08110 - 2
10 Tf`YC hnT T "rNnj MT MOM 7'11•11^TTCMT
SECTION 08210 — WOOD DOORS
Standards: Comply with requirements of ANSI/NWMA I.S. 1 and
Sect iur1 13riCi of AWI "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards"
except as otherwise indicated.
�+:i-l+h1++ i g; In addition to prN►�u� � �s l� + 'r
Samples for each type of door construction, face material and
f inish required.
Product warranty on door manufacturer's standard form, signed
by Manufacturer, Installer and Contractor, agreeing to repair
or replace defective doors as defined by referenced standards.
Warranty shall be in effect during following periods of time
after date of substantial completion.
Solid Core Flush Interior Doors: Life of installation.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
wood doors by one of the following:
Algoma Hardwoods Inc.
Cal —Wood Door Div.; Timberland Ind., Inc.
Eggers Industries, Architectural Door Div.
Glen —Mar Door Mfg. Co.
Weyerhauser Company.
General Wood Door Requirements:
Exposed Surfaces: Same exposed surface material on both faces of
each door, except as otherwise indicated.
Louvers: Manufacturer's standard louvers of type, material and
size indicated.
Material: Color anodized aluminum, color to match Architect's
sample.
Fire —Rated Doors: Labeled and listed with rating required by a
testing and inspection agency acceptable to authority having
jurisdiction.
Interior Solid Core Flush Doors for Transparent Finish:
Faces: Red Oak, plain sliced.
Grade: Premium.
Construction: PC-5 or PC-7 (Particleboard core, 5— or 7—ply).
Fire —Rated Solid -Core Doors:
08210 — 1
8776\WOOD DOORS
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Faces and AWI Grade: Match faces and grade of non -rated doors
in same area of building.
Core Construction: Manufacturer's standard core construction
required to provide fire —resistance rating indicated.
X Edge Construction: Manufacturer's standard laminated edq_e
construction for improved screw —holding ability.
Prefinish wood doors for transparent finish with manufacturer's
standard finishing system as selected by Architect from
manufacturer's standards for stain color (if any) and gloss.
Prefitting and Preparation for Hardware:
Prefit and premachine wood doors at factory. Coordinate with
finish hardware and door frame requirements.
Installation:
Install doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions.
END OF SLV SECTION 08210
8776\WOOD DOORS 08210 — 2
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
SECTION 08410 — ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS
Aluminum entrance and storefront types required include:
Exterior entrance doors.
Vestibule doors matching entrance doors.
Interior doors.
Frames for exterior entrances.
Frames for interior doors.
Storefront type framing system.
Performance Requirements: Provide certified test results showing
systems have been tested by a recognized testing laboratory or
agency with characteristics specified.
Thermal Movement: Provide for expansion and contraction
resulting from an ambient temperature range of 120 deg. F (67
deg. C) .
Wind Loading: Withstand uniform test pressure of 20 psf inward
and outward when tested in accordance with ASTM E 330.
Fixed Framing Transmission Characteristics:
Air Infiltration: Not more than 0.06 CFM per sq. ft. when
tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at an inward test pressure
differential of 6.24 psf.
Water Penetration: No penetration when tested in accordance
with ASTM E 331 at an inward test pressure differential of 6.24
lbf per sq. ft.
Condensation Resistance: Not less than 45 CRF when tested in
accordance with AAMA 1502.
Thermal Transmittance: Not more than 0.65 BUT/(hr. x sq. ft. x
deg. F) at 15 mph wind velocity when tested in accordance with
AAMA 1503.
Aluminum Entrance Transmission Characteristics.
Air Infiltration: Not more than 0.50 CFM for single doors and
1.0 for pairs of doors when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283
at an inward test pressure differential of 1.567 psf.
Condensation Resistance: Not less than 48 CRF when tested in
accordance with AAMA 1502.
Thermal Transmittance: Overall U—value of not more than 0.93
BTU/(hr. x sq. ft. x deg. F) at 15 mph wind velocity when tested
in accordance with AAMA 1503,
Product Data: Include fabrication methods,
accessories and installation recommendations.
finishing, hardware,
8776/ALUMINUM ENTRANCES & STOREFRONTS
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
08410 — 1
Shop Drawings: Include elevations, details, hardware mounting
heights, anchorages, expansion provisions and glazing details.
Samples: Pairs of each finish, on 12" long sections of extrusions
and on 6" square sheets.
Manufacturer's Qualifications: 5 years experience in fabrication.
Installer's Qualifications: 5-years experience in installation.
Design Criteria: Drawings are based on one manufacturer's system.
Another manufacturer's system will be acceptable when differences
do not detract from the design concept, as judged by Architect.
Manufacturer: Provide products of one of the following:
Amarlite/Arco Metals Co.
Cronstroms Mfg. Inc.
Guaranteed Products.
Harcar Aluminum Products Co..
Kawneer Company, Inc.
PPG Industries, Inc.
Tajima, Inc.
Tubel ite Div., Indal Inc.
United States Aluminum Corp., International Alum. Corp.
United States Metal and Manufacturing Corporation.
Vistawall Architectural Products.
Materials:
Aluminum Members: Alloy and temper recommended for strength,
corrosion resistance, and application of finish; comply with ASTM B
221 for extrusions and ASTM B 209 for sheet or plate.
Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, or other
noncorrosive material.
Except for application of hardware, do not use exposed fas-
teners. For hardware, use Phillips flat -head machine screws;
match finish of member of hardware being fastened.
Weatherstripping: Replaceable compressible neoprene or molded PVC
type gaskets or replaceable wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven
pile, with nylon fabric or aluminum strip backing as suitable for
type of door operation.
Glass and Glazing Materials: Comply with requirements of "Glass
and Glazing" section of these specifications.
Glazing Panels: Flush panels with resin -impregnated Kraft paper
honeycomb or rigid closed -cell urethane core, laminated with
waterproof glue between two sheets of aluminum.
Storefront Framing: Inside -outside matched resilient flush -glazed
framing with provisions for glass replacement. Shop -fabricate and
preassemble.
8776/ALUMINUM ENTRANCES & STOREFRONTS 08410 - 2
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Stile -and -Rail Type Aluminum Doors: 1-3/4" thick; tubular frame
members, with mechanical joints using heavy reinforcing plates and
concealed tie -rods or i-bolts.
Design: Medium stile (3-1/2" nominal width).
Hardware: Provide- _heavy-duty units; finish to match door. Refer
to hardware section for items not provided by the manufacturer.
Offset Pivot Sets: Comply with ANSI A156.4; Grade 1
requirements; exposed parts of cast aluminum alloy.
Surface -Mounted Overhead Closers: Modern type with cover.
Comply with ANSI A156.4. Comply with recommendations for closer
size.
LCN 4041 DEL Series, or approved equivalent.
Parallel arm type mounting, with hold -open device.
Door Stop: Floor or wall mounted with integral rubber bumper;
comply with ANSI A156.16.
Cylinders are specified in the hardware section.
F4gnip Hardware: Concealed -rod type actuated by full -width crash
bar; comply with UL 305.
At Contractor's option provide concealed -rod type device,
complying with UL 305, with latch releasing mechanism
recessed into crossrail and actuated by a push panel.
Pull Handles: Aluminum handles of style indicated.
Push Bars: Full door width single bar push bar.
Thresholds: Extruded aluminum in mill finish, with anchors and
clips, coordinated with pivots of manufacturer's standard.
Fabrication: Sizes units and profile requirements, are indicated
on drawings.
Prefabrication: Before shipment, complete fabrication, assembly,
finishing, hardware application, and other work to the greatest
extent possible. Disassemble only for shipment and installation.
Preglaze to greatest extent possible.
Do not drill and tap for surface -mounted hardware until time of
installation.
Perform fabrication, including cutting, fitting, forming,
drilling and grinding to prevent damage to exposed finish
surfaces. For hardware, perform prior to application of
finishes.
8776/ALUMINUM ENTRANCES & STOREFRONTS 08410 - 3
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Welding: Comply with AWS recommendations; grind exposed welds
smooth and restore mechanical finish. �
Dissimilar Metals: Separate dissimilar metals with zinc chromate
primer, bituminous paint, or other separator.
Continuity: Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles, with
hairline fit of contacting members. i
Provide neoprene silencers on stops at interior doors.
Finishes:
Color Anodized Finish: NAAMM AA—M12C22A41/A44, Class I.
Color: medium bronze.
Installation: Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Set units
plumb, level, and true to line, without warp or rack of framing
members, doors, or panels. Provide proper support and anchor
securely in place.
Separate aluminum and other corrodible metal surfaces from
sources of corrosion at points of contact with other materials.
Adjust operating hardware to function properly.
Clean system promptly after installation.
END OF SECTION 08410
8776/ALUMINUM ENTRANCES & STOREFRONTS 08410 — 4
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
SECTION 08710 - FINISH HARDWARE
General Hardware Reauirements:
Number Designations: Numbers indicating hardware items are ANSI
standard number designations.
Acceptable Manufacturers/Products: Acceptable manufacturers for
various types of products are listed below. An asterisk (*)
following a manufacturers name designates manufacturer whose
products are indicated in Finish Hardware Schedule. Such products
are listed in the schedule by specific reference to manufacturers
catalog numbers. Except as otherwise indicated, products of
equivalent quality, design and function by other listed
manufacturers may be used, subject to approval of Architect.
Submit final hardware schedule organized by "hardware sets", to
indicate specifically the product to be furnished for each item
required on each door.
Furnish templates to each fabricator of doors and frames, as
required for preparation to receive hardware.
For fire -rated openings provide hardware tested and listed by UL or
FM (NFPA Standard 80). On panic exit devices, provide UL or FM
label indicating "Fire Exit Hardware".
Submit samples of hardware items, showing each required finish from
each manufacturer (for acceptance of color and texture only).
Finish and base material designations are indicated in accordance
with ANSI A156.18 or the nearest traditional U.S. commercial
finish.
Where base material and quality of finish are not otherwise
indicated, provide at least the commercially recognized quality
specified in ANSI A156 series standards applicable to each
particular type of hardware.
Hinges and Pivots:
Mfrs. of Butts: Stanley*, Hager, Lawrence, McKinney, Henry Soss.
Provide full -mortise type hinges on each door, except as otherwise
indicated, and except as otherwise needed for proper support and
operation of doors. Provide stainless steel pins, except steel
pins with steel hinges; non -removable for exterior and public
interior exposure, non -rising for non -security exposure, flat
button with matching plugs.
Ball -bearing Function: Swaged, inner. leaf beveled, square
corners.
Locks, Latches and Bolts:
8776/FINISH HARDWARE 08710 - 1
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Mfr. of Lock/Latch Sets Including Cylinders: Schlage*.
Mfr. of Combination Locking Device: Simplex*.
Mfr. of Exit Devices: Von Dupr in*.
Mfrs. of Door Bolts: Sargent*,Builders Brass Works, Ives, Russwin,
Sargent, Stanley.
Strikes: Wrought box strikes, with extended lip for latch bolts,
except open strike plates may be used in wood frames. Provide
dust -proof strikes for foot bolts.
Eguiv exit devices with dogging devices where door has closer,
except when door is fire -rated.
Locks: Equip lock sets with 6-pin tumbler type lock cylinders, in
a masterkey system, to be designated by Owner.
Construction Locks: Either temporary cylinders for construction
period, or temporary construction keying which is automatically
voided through use of Owners' keys.
Provide 3 change keys for each lock, plus 5 masterkeys for each
master key system. Stamp keys "DO NOT DUPLICATE".
Provide key control system, including metal cabinet with 150%
capacity, envelopes, labels, tags, clips, forms, card index and
markers; standard system with keys installed and index prepared
by key control manufacturer.
Push/Pull Units
Mfrs. of Push/Pull Units: Triangle Brass*, Baldwin, Brookline,
Builders Brass Works, Quality.
Door Control Devices:
Mfr. of Overhead Closers: LCN*.
Mfrs. of Holders, Stops, Bumpers: Triangle Brass*, Brookline,
Builders Brass Works, Quality, Sargent, Stanley.
Provide grey rubber exposed resilient parts.
Finish exposed metal to match hardware, except finish floor plates
to match thresholds, terrazzo stripping or similar floor finish.
Provide recessed plates, wherever possible, to receive insert
of resilient floor finish.
Size and mount units indicated or, if not indicated, to comply
with mfrs.'s recommendations for the exposure condition. Reinforce
the substrate as recommended.
8776/FINISH HARDWARE 08710 -
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Where parallel -arm closers are indicated, provide units one
size larger than recommended for standard -arm units.
Provide silencers in metal door frames, unless not permitted for
fire rating, or unless bumper -type weatherstripping is provided; 3
per single -door frame, 4 per double -door frame.
Miscellaneous Door Hardware:
Mfrs. of Miscellaneous Hardware: Provide plates, trim, or other
units as indicated, produced by Builders Brass Works*, A-J Mfg.
Co., Baldwin, Brookline, Cipco, Ives, Triangle Brass.
Fabricate plates and edge trim units 1/16" to 1/2" smaller than
actual door dimension. Install with self -tapping screws.
Provide 1/8" thick brown plastic with beveled edges for kick
elates.
Weatherstripping:
Mfrs of Weatherstripping: Pemko*, Liberty, National Guard,
Reese, Zero.
Provide manufacturer's standard weatherstripping of type, size and
profile indicated, continuous at head and lamb edges of each
exterior door opening. Provide non -corrosive fasteners.
Thresholds:
Mfrs. of Thresholds: Pemko*, National Guard, Reese, Zero.
Provide extruded aluminum threshold of type, design and profile
indicated, complete with replaceable resilient vinyl wiper -type
insert. Provide non -corrosive fasteners.
Installation:
Hardware Mounting Heights: Door and Hardware Institute
"Recommended Locations for Builders Hardware for Standard Steel
Doors and Frames", except as otherwise indicated.
Install each hardware item to comply with manufacturer's
instructions and recommendations.
Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of butyl -rubber or
polvisobutylene mastic sealant. Remove excess sealant and clean
adjacent surfaces.
Hardware Adjustment: Return to project one month after Owner's
occupancy, and adjust hardware for proper operation and function.
Instruct Owner's personnel in proper maintenance and adjustment.
087 10 -
8776/FINISH HARDWARE
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
FINISH HARDWARE SCHEDULE
Group 1
All hardware shall be furnished by door supplier.
Group 2
1 1/2 Pr. FB13-179-26D 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" NRP Stanley.
1 Schlage Ply D80PD K & MK.
1 Set Code approved Smoke Gaskets.
3 Rubber Silencers.
Group 3
1 1/2 Pr. FBB-179- 26D 4 1/2" x 4 1/2' NRP Stanlev.
1 Simplex Unican 1000-2.
1 Closer LCN-T-D 4040 90 Stop Arm.
1 Kick Plate 10" x 1/2" LTDW 1/8" Brown Plastic.
3 Rubber Silencers.
Group 4
1 1/2 Pr. FBB-179-26D 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" NRP Stanley.
1 Schlage Ply D70PD K & MK.
1 Closer LCN-T-D 4040 90 Stop Arm.
1 Kick Plate 10" x 1/2" LTDW 1/8" Brown Plastic.
3 Rubber Silencers.
Group 5
1 1/2 Pr. FBB-179-26D 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" NRP Stanley.
1 Schlage Ply D80FD K & MK.
3 Rubber Silencers.
Group 6
1 1/2 Pr. FBB-179-26D 4 1/2" x 4 1/2" NRP Stanley.
1 Schlage Ply D50PD K & MK-
1 Closer LCN-T-D 4040 90 Stop Arm.
1 Kick Plate 10" x 1/2" LTDW 1/8" Brown Plastic.
3 Rubber Silencers.
END OF SECTION 08710
8776/FINISH HARDWARE 08710 - 4
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
SECTION 16800 _ AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
FIRE ALARM EXPANSION
Provide all the equipment, materials and labor necessary to
expand the existing fire alarm system. The system addition
shall be connected directly to the existing main fire alarm
panel. The installation shall be as recommended by
the
manufacturer. When the system is complete, a factory
representative shall test the system, make adjustments and place
the system in operating order.
The manufacturer of the existing equipment is Autocall.
TELEVISION SYSTEM (CONDUIT ONLY)
For the future installation of a centralized television system,
provide a system of empty raceways and outlets as shown in the
television system diagram on the drawings. Outlets shall consist
of a standard 4" square box. The cover plate shall match the
heretofore specified device plates. Leave a nylon pull cord in
all empty raceways. The raceways shall be installed in
compliance with the conduit specifications heretofore covered.
STAND-BY SYSTEM EQUIPMENT
The existing 30 KW 120/208 volt
altered to accommodate a remote
3 phase ONAN generator shall be
radiator.
The electrical contractor shall remove the existing
for radiator
and
install a remote radiator outside seeplans
concrete pad as per
Provide all necessary mounting equipment
manufacturer's recommendations. The entire system shall be
filled with anti -freeze coolant.
Piping for cooling system is to be provided and installed by the
mechanical contractor.
ally
The new remote riator ito be tors #2P 4-ls 5 (H4 ) ser iz tmounted,
such as
Bearward Radia esH with 1 1/ 2 HP208 volt
3-pole race motor and surge tank.
16/54
8776/Division 16
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
SECTION 16744 - COMPUTER SYSTEM & INDICATED CLOCKS:
COMPUTER SYSTEM:
Install conduit as required, 3/4" minimum size, for the
installation of a computer system as per the drawings. The
equipment shall be by others. Coordinate rough -in with the
equipment supplier. Provide boxes and coverplates. Confirm
location of all outlets with owner before rough -in.
INDICATING CLOCKS:
All clocks shall be flush 12" round. Clock shall be Simplex #76-
45 and shall be compatible with the existing superimposed signal
system on campus. The Electrical Contractor shall include in his
bid all necessary equipment, labor, etc. to tie into this
existing Simplex System.
END OF SECTION 16744
8776/Division 16 16/53
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
SECTION 16740 _ TELEPHONE SYSTEM (RACEWAYS)
PART 1 - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of telephone system work is indicated by drawings and is
hereby defined to include, but not be limited to raceway outlets,
device plates, backboards, cabinets, grounding and miscellaneous
items required for complete raceway system.
Refer to other Division-16 sections for requirements for
raceways, trays, boxes and fittings, wiring devices (plates), and
supporting devices, and other sections, as applicable.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Comply with applicable portions of NEC as to type of products
used and installation of components. Provide products and
materials which have been UL-listed and labeled.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
GENERAL: Provide compete raceway system for telephone including
but not limited to, raceway, outlets, device plates, backboards,
cabinets, grounding and miscellaneous items as required.
Provide telephone coverplates for wall outlets to match color and
material of wiring device plates; for floor outlets, match color
and material of floor power outlet covers.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF TELEPHONE RACEWAY SYSTEM:
GENERAL: Install raceway system as indicated to comply with NEC
and recognized industry practices. Run 3/4" conduit from each
telephone outlet to terminal backboard, tray, or terminal
cabinet. Provide nylon pull cord in all installed raceway.
END OF SECTION 16740
8776/Division 16 16/52
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
backing supports above (or behind) sheetrock, plaster and similar
ceiling and wall materials. Support ceiling mounted outlet boxes
independent of the raceway system, and capable of supporting 200
pounds. See plans for additional details.
ADJUST AND CLEAN: Clean lighting fixtures of dirt and debris
upon completion of installation.
Protect installed fixtures from damage during remainder of
construction period. Repair all necks and scratches to
appearance of original finish.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
Upon completion of installation of lighting fixtures, and after
building circuitry has been energized, apply electrical energy to
demonstrate capability and compliance with requirements. Where
possible, correct malfunctioning units at site, then reset to
demonstrate compliance; otherwise remove and replace with new
units, and proceed with retesting.
At the time of Substantial Completion, replace lamps in interior
lighting fixtures which are observed to be noticeably dimmed
after the Contractor's use and testing, as judged by
Architect/Engineer. In addition, furnish stock or replacement
lamps amounting to 15 percent (but not less than one lamp) of
each type and size used. (Max. 48 of any one type.) Deliver
replacement stock with letter of transmittal as directed to
Owner's storage space.
GROUNDING: Provide tight equipment grounding connections for
each lighting fixture.
END OF SECTION 16510
8776/Division 16 16/51
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
Equip outdoor fixtures with low temperature starting ballasts.
HARGE-LAMP BALLASTS: Provide l mmanufacturer,facture
ID Of
HIGH-INTENSITY-DISCr,
ratings, types and makes as recommended by
yroviding appropriate
which properly match lamps to power line by p
. Equip
voltage and impedances for which lamps a restarting
designed ballasts•
exterior fixtures with low
pfactor improved ballasts.
Provide high power factor, or power
FLUORESCENT LAMPS: Equip interior fluorescent fixtures with full
light output, energy conserving lamps where available as standard
product of General Electric, Sylvania, or Westinghouse. Where
applicable, equip fixtures with lamps as follows:
3050 initial lumens
Rapid Start 000 initial lumens
6
Slimline 0 00 initial lumens
High Output
General Electric Watt Miser II, Sylvania Supersaver II,
Westinghouse Econ-o-Watt. Equip exterior fixtures with standard
lamps.
plastic diffusers are specified, provide 100
DIFFUSERS: Where p .125 inches.
percent virgin acrylic compound; minimum thickness,
Provide a spare set of diffusers (acrylic and/or glass) for each
fixture type and one foreach
res foraanytional 10 sifixtures of each
single fixturetype
type; not to exceed 10 spa
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF LIGHTING FIXTURES:
Install lighting fixtures at
re manufacturerns written instructions,
in accordance wltuifixtu s of NEC, NECA's "Standard of
applicable req
standards, and with recognized
Installation", NEMA eq
fulfill rrements.
practices to ensure that lightingfixtures
Coordinate with other work as appropriate to properly interface
installation of lighting fixtures with other work. Consult
architectural reflected ceiling plan for exact location of all
lighting fixtures.
supports, brackets, and miscellaneous
Provide all necessary
equipment for mounting of fi��ucture,Sinndependentport all coflthe ceiling
fixtures from the building s
system, unless noted. Support each recessed fixture (fluorescent
incandescent, and/or HID) from the building structure with #8ogis
steel wire attachede(in
addition
sProvide
normally provided for
atta hment to the ceiling system).
16/50
8776/Division 16
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
INCANDESCENT AND FLUORESCENT LAMPS:
General Electric Co.
Sylvania Lamp Div., GTE Corp.
Westinghouse Corp.
HID LAMPS
General Electric Co.
Sylvania Lamp Div., GTE Corp.
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR LIGHTING FIXTURES:
GENERAL: Provide lighting fixtures, of sizes t
indicated complete with ypeS and ratings
housings, lamps, but not necessarily limited to,
and wirin P , lamp holders, reflectors, ballasts, starters
9• Label each fixture with manufacturer's name and
catalog number. Provide all enclosed fixtures with
latch mechanisms; spring tension clips not Positive
all exterior fixtures with dam P acceptable. Provide
by application. P or wet location label as required
SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS: Provide all pendant and stem hung fixtures
with flexible ball joint hangers at all points of support.
hooks used to hang fixtures with safety Equip
detachable fixture arts latches. Provide all
diffusers P luminous ceiling accessories, louvers,
lenses, and reflectors with lockin
safety chain or safety cable. 9 catches, screws,
Each hanger point shall be capable of su fixture weight. Backin PPorting four times the
behind) sght. Backing aster
supports shall be installed above (or
materials. Plaster and similar ceiling and wall
All surface mounted ceiling fixtures shall be
supported from a structural channel.
details. See plans for additional
FLUORESCENT -LAMP BALLASTS: Provide fluorescent -lamp ballasts,
capable of operating lamp types indicated; with high
factor, and low -noise features, Class psound-Power
ratA, and with
internal thermal protection. See plans forvoltageerrequirements.
For interior fixtures, provide full conserving ballasts where light output energy
follows: available as standard products, as
Advance Transformer Co. - Mark III Series
General Electric Co. - Maxi -Miser II Series
Universal Mfg. Co. - SLH-Watt Reducer Series
Comply with manufacturer's written recommendations for all
lamp/ballast combinations.
8776/Division 16
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel 16/49
SECTION 16510 - INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR BUILDING LIGHTING
PART 1 _ GENE
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of interior and exteriolighting fixture work is
indicated by drawings and schedules
Types of lighting fixtures in this section include the following:
High -Intensity -Discharge (HID)
Fluorescent
Incandescent
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
with NEC, NEMA and ANSI 132.1 as applicable to
Comply with
installation and constructcessed ion of lighting fixtures. Comply
NEC 410-64C iriorall t which have beeneULelistedght and labeled.
Provide lighting fixtures
CBM LABELS: Provide fluorescent -lamp ballasts which comply with
Certified Ballast Manufacturer's Association standards and carry
the CBM label.
SUBMITTALS:
PRODUCT DATA: Submit manufacturer's data on interior and
exterior building lighting fixtures.
SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit dimensioned drawings of lighting fixtures.
Submit fixture shop drawings in booklet form with separate sheet
for each fixture, assembled in luminaire "type" alp
habetical
order, with proposed fixture and accessories clearly indicated on
each sheet.
PART 2 _ PRODUCTS
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one
of the following (for each type of fixture):
FLUORESCENT AND HIS BALLASTS:
Advance Transformer Co.
General Electric Co.
Universal Mfg. Co.
16/48
8776/Division 16
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
conductors for grounding connections matching power supply wiring
materials and sized according to NEC.
GROUND RODS AND PLATES:
GROUND RODS: Steel with copper welded exterior, 5/8" dia. x 8
ft.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF GROUNDING SYSTEMS:
Install electrical grounding systems in accordance with
manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry
practices to ensure grounding devices comply with requirements.
Install braided type bonding jumpers with ground clamps on water
meter piping to electrically bypass water meter.
Install clamp -on connectors only thoroughly cleaned and metal
contact surfaces, to ensure electrical conductivity and circuit
integrity.
Provide grounding for the entire raceway, enclosure, equipment
and device system in accordance with NEC. All non-metallic
raceways shall include copper grounding conductor sized in
accordance with NEC.
Provide service entrance grounding by means of ground rods
(quantity of two, driven exterior to building), by means of
bonding to water main, and by means of bonding to building
structural steel.
In addition to all cold water and ground rods provided to meet
this specification, each location grounded either to cold water
or to a ground rod shall have a UFER ground. A UFER ground shall
consist of a minimum of 25 feet of No 2/0 AWG bare copper cable
embedded in concrete (feeder encasement, footing, floor slab,
etc.) so that all portions of the cable are between 2" and 4"
from the earth and with the center of the cable bonded to the
ground rod or pipe.
Provide grounding conductors for dimming systems in accordance
with manufacturer's requirement.
See drawings for additional grounding requirements.
END OF SECTION 16452
8776/Division 16 16/47
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
SECTION 16452 - GROUNDING
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Provide grounding as specified herein, and as indicated on
drawings. Types of grounding in this section include the
following:
Underground metal water piping
Grounding electrodes
Grounding rods
Separately derived systems
Enclosures
Systems
Equipment
Other items indicated on drawings
Requirements of this section apply to electrical grounding work
specified elsewhere in these specifications.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Comply with NEC as applicable to electrical grounding and ground
fault protection systems. Comply with applicable ANSI and IEEE
requirements. Provide products which have been UL listed and
labeled.
SUBMITTALS:
None required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
GROUNDING:
MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS:
GENERAL: Except as otherwise indicated, provide each electrical
grounding system as specified herein, and as shown on drawings,
including but not necessarily limited to, cables/wires,
connectors, terminals (solderless lugs), grounding
rods/electrodes and plate electrodes, bonding jumper braid, and
other items and accessories needed for complete installation.
Where materials or components are not otherwise indicated, comply
with NEC, NEMA and established industry standards for
applications indicated.
ELECTRICAL GROUNDING CONDUCTORS:
Unless otherwise indicated, provide electrical grounding
8776/Division 16 16/46
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES:
Install overcurrent protective devices as indicated, in
accordance with the manufacturer's written instructions and with
recognized industry practices to ensure that protective devices
comply with requirements. Comply with NEC and NEMA standards for
installation of overcurrent protective devices.
Coordinate with other work as necessary to interface installation
of overcurrent protective devices with other work.
Set field -adjustable circuit breakers for trip settings as
indicated, subsequent to installation of devices.
Install fuses in overcurrent protective devices.
Field test all ground fault protective devices for proper
operation; test to be performed by representative of the
manufacturer. Include verification of complete time current trip
characteristics.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
Prior to energization of overcurrent protective devices, test
devices for continuity of circuitry and for short-circuits.
Correct malfunctioning units, and then demonstrate compliance
with requirements.
END OF SECTION 16180
8776/Division 16 16/45
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKERS:
Provided factory -assembler, molded case circuit breakers for
power distribution panelboards and switchboards; and for
individual mounting, as indicated. Provide breakers and
amperage, voltage and RMS interrupting rating shown, with
permanent thermal trip and adjustable instantaneous magnetic trip
in each pole. Construct breakers for mounting and operating in
any physical position and in an ambient temperature of 40 degrees
C. Provide with mechanical screw type removable connector lugs,
AL/CU rated.
All breakers in the main distribution panel shall have sufficient
interrupting capacity to safely interrupt the available short
circuit current from the transformer bank. Circuit breakers
shall be Square "D", Type FH, KH, LH, MH, or as noted on the
plans.
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER:
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide ground -fault
sensing and relaying equipment of one of the following:
Square D Co.
FUSES:
GENERAL: Except as otherwise indicated, provide fuses of types,
sizes and ratings and electrical characteristics as follows.
Provide fuses labeled UL Class L or UL Class R, current limiting
and rated for up to 200,000 amperes.
MAIN SERVICE AND FEEDER CIRCUIT: For fuse ratings over 600
amperes provide UL Class L Fuses (KTU) . For fuse ratings up to
600 amperes, provide UL Class RK1 (LPN-RK, LPS-RK). If fuse
directly feeds motor or transformers, provide UL RK1 time delay.
BRANCH CIRCUITS: For motor circuits and transformer circuits,
provide UL Class RK5 (FRN, FRS). For other circuits, provide UL
Class RK5, non -time delay (LPN, LPS).
MANUFACTURER: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
fuses of one of the following:
Bussman Mfg. Co.
Gould, Inc.
SPARE FUSES: Provide one spare set of fuses for each size and
one spare set for each additional group of five.
8776/Division 16 16/44
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
SECTION 16180 - OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of overcurrent protective device work is indicted by
drawings and schedules. Overcurrent protective devices specified
herein are for installation as individual components in separate
enclosures; and for installation as integral components of
switchboards and panelboards. See Section 16182, Switchgear and
Switchboards, and Section 16160, Panelboards.
Types of overcurrent protective devices in this section include
the following for operation at 600 volts and above:
- Molded cases circuit breakers
- Power circuit breakers
- Molded case systems breakers
- Fuses
Refer to other Division-16 sections for cable/wire and connector
work required in conjunction with overcurrent protective devices.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Comply with NEC requirements and NEMA an ANSI standards as
applicable to construction and installation of overcurrent
protective devices.
SUBMITTALS:
PRODUCT DATA: Submit manufacturer's data on overcurrent
protective devices, including catalog cuts, time -current trip
characteristic curves, and mounting requirements.
SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit layout drawings of overcurrent protective
devices, with layout of circuit breakers, including special
relationships to proximate equipment.
MAINTENANCE STOCK, FUSES: For types and ratings required,
furnish additional fuses, amounting to one unit for every 5
installed units, but not less than two units of each size and
type.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
CIRCUIT BREAKERS AND FUSIBLE SWITCHES:
Square D. Co.
8776/Division 16 16/43
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
FUSES: Provide fuses for switches, as required of classes, types
and ratings needed to fulfill electrical requirements for
services indicated. Provide spare fuses amounting to one spare
fuse for each 10 installed but not less than three of any one
type and size. See Section 16180 Overcurrent Protective Devices
for fuse types.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF MOTOR AND CIRCUIT DISCONNECT SWITCHES:
Install motor and circuit disconnect switches where indicated,
complying with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable
requirements of NEC, NECA's "Standard of Installation" and in
accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that
products fulfill requirement.
Coordinate motor and circuit disconnect switch installation work
with electrical raceway and cable work, as necessary for proper
interface.
Install disconnect switches with motor drive appliances, and
motors and controllers within sight of controller position.
END OF SECTION 16170
8776/Division 16 16/42
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
SECTION 16170 - MOTOR AND CIRCUIT DISCONNECTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of motor and circuit disconnect switch work is indicated
by drawings and schedules. Work includes complete installation
and electrical connections.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Provide motor and circuit disconnect switches which have been UL
listed and labeled. Comply with applicable requirements of NEMA
Standards Pub. No. KS 1, and NEC.
SUBMITTALS:
PRODUCT DATA: Submit manufacturer's data including
specification, installation instructions and general
recommendations, for each type of motor and circuit disconnect
switch required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
MANUFACTURER: Subjects to compliance with requirements, provide
products of one of the following (for each type of switch):
Square D Company
FABRICATED SWITCHES:
GENERAL: Provide disconnect and safety switches as indicated
herein. Provide:
- General duty switches on 240 volt rated circuits.
- HP rated switches on all motor circuits.
GENERAL DUTY SWITCHES: Provide general -duty type, sheet -steel
enclosed switches, fusible or non -fusible as indicated of types,
sizes and electrical characteristics indicated; rated 240 volts,
60 hertz; incorporating spring assisted, quick -make, quick -break
switches which are so constructed that switch blades are visible
in OFF position with door open. Provide single phase or three
phase with solid neutral as required by applications. Equip with
operating handle which is capable of being padlocked in OFF
position. Provide NEMA 1 or NEMA 3R as required by application,
unless noted. Provide fusible switches with Class R rejection
fuse clip kits.
8776/Division 16 16/41
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
mechanically secure. Arrange conductors neatly within enclosure,
and secure with suitable nylon ties.
Fill out panelboard's circuit directory card upon completion of
installation work. Utilize actual final building room numbers,
not architectural numbers used on drawings. Identify individual
lighting circuits and individual receptacle circuits by room
served. Include room number with equipment circuit designations.
All directories to be typewritten.
END OF SECTION 16160
8776/Division 16 16/40
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
switch panel or as indicated on the plans. The meters shall be
the dampened type as manufactured by Square "D".
PANELBOARDS:
GENERAL: Except as otherwise indicated, provide panelboards,
enclosures and auxiliary components, of types, sizes, and ratings
indicated. Equip with number of unit panelboard devices as
required for complete installation. Fully equip "spaces" with
hardware to receive breaker or switch of size indicated.
LIGHTING AND APPLIANCE PANELBOARDS: Provide dead -front safety
type lighting and appliance panelboards as indicated, with
switching and protective devices in quantities, ratings, types
and arrangement shown. provide bolt -on thermal magnetic type
branch breakers. Where multiple breakers are indicated, provide
with common trip handle. Equip with aluminum bus bars full-sized
neutral bus, and ground bus.
PANELBOARD ENCLOSURES: Provide galvanized sheet steel cabinet
type enclosures, in sizes and NEMA types as indicated, code -gage
minimum 16-gage thickness. Provide fronts with adjustable
indicating trim clamps, and doors with flush locks and keys, all
panelboard enclosures keyed alike, with concealed door hinges and
door swings as indicated. Equip with interior circuit -directory
frame, and card with clear plastic covering. Provide baked gray
enamel finish over a rust inhibitor. Provide enclosures
fabricated by same manufacturer as overcurrent devices contained
therein. Bolt engraved formica labels indicating panel name and
voltage on the interior and exterior of panelboards.
FINISH: Coat interior and exterior of surface with
manufacturer's standard color; baked on enamel finish.
IDENTIFICATION: Provide 1/16" thick black formica labels with
1/4" high lettering on the interior and exterior of each
panelboard; include panelboard name and voltage.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF PANELBOARDS:
GENERAL: Install panelboards and enclosures where indicated, in
accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable
requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation", in
compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure products
fulfill requirements.
Coordinate installation of panelboards and enclosures with cable
and raceway installation work. Anchor enclosures firmly to walls
and structural surfaces, ensuring they are permanently and
8776/Division 16 16/39
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
SECTION 16160 - PANELBOARDS
PART 1 - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of panelboard and enclosure work, is indicated by drawings
and schedules.
Types of panelboards and enclosures in this section include
lighting and appliance panelboards, and power distribution
panelboards.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Provide units which have been UL listed and labeled. Comply with
NEC as applicable to installation of panelboards, cabinets, and
cutout boxes. Comply with NEC pertaining to installation of
wiring and equipment in hazardous locations. Comply with NEMA
Stds. Pub. No. 250, "Enclosures for Electrical Equipment (1000
volt maximum)". Pub. No. 1, "Instructions for Safe Installation,
Operation and Maintenance of Panelboards Rated 600 Volts or
Less".
SUBMITTALS:
PRODUCT DATA: Submit manufacturer data including specifications,
installation instructions and general recommendations, for each
type of panelboard required.
SHOP DRAWINGS: Submit dimensioned drawings of panelboards and
enclosures showing accurately scaled layouts of enclosures and
required individual panelboard devices, including but not
necessarily limited to, circuit breakers, fusible switches,
fuses, ground -fault circuit interrupters, and accessories.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS:
MANUFACTURERS: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
products of one General Electric Company.
MFTF.RTNC,
Provide and install the meter C.T.'s selector switches, wiring,
etc., for installation of a complete metering system. Indicating
meters (CLE) shall read voltage between phases and to neutral,
line current and a totaling watt hour meter with a 15 minute
demand with bridge test shunt switches. The metering system
shall be sized so full scale is 80% of the Main Switch capacity.
All the equipment and meters shall be incorporated in the main
8776/Division 16 16/38
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
pole, 600 volts max with non -reversing magnetic starters as
specified herein; in common cubicle or enclosure with motor
circuit protector.
Provide instantaneous trip circuit breaker as indicated and
adjust to comply with manufacturer's recommendations. Provide
combination starters for individual mounting, or for group
mounting in motor control center as indicated. Provide NEMA 1
enclosures unless otherwise indicated.
AC COMBINATION NON -REVERSING MAGNETIC STARTERS (EQUAL TO SQUARE D
CLASS 8539): Provide line voltage combination starters, of
types, ratings, and electrical characteristics; 2 or 3 pole, 600
volt maximum with non -reversing magnetic starters as specified
herein; in common cubicle or enclosure with fusible disconnect
switch. Provide quick -make, quick -break, visible blade
disconnect switch. Provide 2, 3, and 4; and visible blade,
automatic circuit interrupters with push -to -trip feature and
separate fuse clips for larger NEMA sizes. Fuse all starters
with dual -element (time -delay) fuses equal to Bussman FRN/FRS.
Provide combination starters for individual mounting, or for
group mounting in motor control centers as indicated. Provide
NEMA 1 enclosures unless otherwise indicated.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF MOTOR STARTERS:
Install motor starters as indicated, in accordance with
manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of
NEC, NEMA standards, and NECA's "Standards of Installation", and
in compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that
products fulfill requirements.
Install fuses in fusible disconnects, if any.
ADJUST AND CLEAN:
Inspect operating mechanisms for malfunctioning and, where
necessary, adjust units for free mechanical movement.
Touch-up scratched or marred surfaces to match original finish.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL:
Subsequent to wire/cable hook-up, energize motor starters and
demonstrate functioning of equipment in accordance with
requirements.
END OF SECTION 16155
8776/Division 16 16/37
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
characteristics indicated which comply with manufacturer's
standard materials, design and construction in accordance with
published information, and as required for complete
installations.
THERMAL OVERLOAD UNITS: Provide thermal overload units, sized in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations for full load
current of motor controlled. Provide thermal heater units, sized
to actual running full load current if actual full load current
is less than 90 percent of motor nameplate full load current.
Size heater for mechanical equipment after air and water
balancing have been completed. Spare parts: Provide a spare set
of each type and/or size.
AC FRACTIONAL HP MANUAL STARTERS (EQUAL TO SQUARE D CLASS 2510):
Provide manual, single-phase, 1 and 2 pole, 300 volt AC max,
fractional HP motor starters, of types, ratings and electrical
characteristics indicated; equip with one piece thermal overload
relay with field adjustment capability of plus or minus 10
percent of nominal overload heater rating; for protection of AC
motors of 1 HP and less. (For manually controlled motors in
excess of 1 HP, see Line Voltage Manual Starters specified
herein.) Provide starter with quick -make, quick -break trip free
toggle mechanisms, green pilot lights, and with lock -off toggle
operated handle. Mount surface units in NEMA 1 enclosures,
unless noted otherwise. Provide flush mounted units with
coverplate to match wiring device coverplates.
AC LINE VOLTAGE MANUAL STARTERS (EQUAL TO SQUARE D CLASS 2510):
Provide line voltage manual starters, of types, ratings and
electrical characteristics indicated, 2 or 3 pole, 600 volt AC
max, equip with pushbutton operator, low voltage protection
feature, and green pilot light. Provide starters with trip free
mechanism such that contacts will open under load and remain open
until thermal element has cooled, and unit is reset. Mount
surface units in NEMA 1 enclosure, unless noted otherwise.
Provide overlapping trim for flush mounted units.
AC NON -REVERSING MAGNETIC STARTERS (EQUAL TO SQUARE D CLASS
2510): Provide line voltage magnetic starters, to types, ratings
and electrical characteristics indicated, 2 or 3 pole, 600 volt
max, with thermal overload protection and under voltage trip in
all phases. Equip units with holding contact, 2 normally open,
and 2 normally closed auxiliary contacts, unless noted otherwise.
Provide fused control transformer in each starter. Mount hand-
off -auto switch, red pilot light, and reset button in face of
enclosure. Provide NEMA 1 enclosure unless noted otherwise.
Equip all spare starters complete with items as specified herein.
AC COMBINATION NON -REVERSING MAGNETIC STARTERS (EQUAL TO SQUARE D
CLASS 8538): Provide line voltage combination starters, of
types, ratings and electrical characteristics indicated; 2 or 3
8776/Division 16 16/36
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
SECTION 16155 - MOTOR STARTERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of motor starter work is indicated by drawings and
schedules.
Types of motor starter in this section include the following:
AC Fraction horsepower Manual Starters
AC Line Voltage Manual Starters
AC Non -Reversing Magnetic Starters
AC Combination Non -Reversing Magnetic Starters
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Comply with NEC and NEMA Standards as applicable to wiring
methods, construction and installation of motor starters. Comply
with applicable requirements of UL 508, "Electric Industrial
Control Equipment", pertaining to electrical motor starters.
Provide units which have been UL-listed and labeled.
SUBMITTALS:
PRODUCT DATA: Submit dimensioned drawings of motor starters
showing accurately scaled equipment layouts.
MOTOR VOLTAGE/CURRENT REPORT: After installation is complete,
including water and air balancing, measure voltage (L-L and L-N)
and full load current of each phase of each motor. Submit report
showing field readings of voltage and amperage and thermal heater
size installed for each motor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURER: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
products of one of the following (for each type and rating of
motor starter):
Square D Co.
MAINTENANCE STOCK, FUSES: For types and ratings required,
furnish additional fuses, amounting to one unit for every 10
installed units, but not more than 5 units of each type, for both
power and control circuit fuses.
MOTOR STARTERS:
GENERAL: Except as otherwise indicated, provide motor starters
and ancillary components; of types, sizes, ratings and electrical
8776/Division 16 16/35
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Install wiring devices as indicated, in compliance with
manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of
NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation" and in accordance with
recognized industry practices to fulfill project requirements.
Coordinate with other work, including painting, electrical box
and wiring work, as necessary to interface installation of wiring
devices with other work. Install devices in boxes such that
front of device is flush and square with coverplate. Drawings
are small scale and, unless dimensioned, indicate approximate
locations only of outlets, devices, equipment, etc. Locate
outlets and apparatus symmetrically on floors, walls and ceilings
where not dimensioned and coordinated with other work. Verify
all dimensioned items on job site. Consult architectural
cabinet, millwork, and equipment shop drawings before beginning
rough -in of electrical work.
Adjust wiring devices only in electrical boxes which are clean;
free from excess building materials, dirt, and debris. Mark each
with felt tip marker, indicating the circuit to which the device
is connected. Example: "CKT A-1".
Install blank plates on all boxes without devices.
Delay installation of wiring devices until wiring work is
completed. Delay installation of wall plates until after
painting work is completed. Provide separate neutral conductors
from panel to each GFI receptacle.
PROTECTION OF WALL PLATES AND RECEPTACLES:
At time of substantial completion, replace those items which have
been damaged, including those stained, burned and scored.
GROUNDING:
Provide electrical continuous, tight grounding connections for
wiring devices, unless otherwise indicated.
TESTING:
Prior to energizing circuitry, test wiring devices for electrical
continuity and proper polarity connections. After energizing
circuitry, test wiring devices to demonstrate compliance with
requirements.
END OF SECTION 16140
8776/Division 16 16/34
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
Coverplates: All devices to have matching coverplates. All
coverplates to be impact resistant and shall be constructed of
nylon or lexon.
Special devices as indicated on the plans, complete with matching
coverplates shall be provided and installed where designated on
the drawings.
Provide devices in colors selected by Architect.
CORDS CAPS AND CONNECTORS: Provide 3-wire grounding, cap plugs,
and connectors of ampere and voltage rating required, for final
equipment connection, and as indicated otherwise on drawings.
Provide products of one of the following:
Arrow Hart
General Electric
Hubbell
Leviton
Pass and Seymour
INCANDESCENT LAMP DIMMERS: Provide branch lighting solid-state
AC dimmer controls for incandescent fixtures; wattage and voltage
as indicated, 60 hertz, with continuously adjustable slider
control. Provide dimmers manufacturer by Lutron. Color as
selected by Architect.
FLUORESCENT LAMP DIMMERS: Provide single -pole, semi -conductor
modular type AC dimmers for fluorescent fixtures; 60 hertz, with
wattage and voltage as indicated, continuously adjustable slider
control, and with electromagnetic filters to reduce noise and
interference to minimum. Construct with continuously adjustable
trim potentiometer for adjustment of low and dimming. Provide
dimmer manufactured by Lutron. Color as selected by Architect.
WIRING DEVICE ACCESSORIES:
WALL PLATES: Provide coverplates for wiring devices; plate color
to match wiring devices to which attached. Provide matching
nylon Lexan coverplates in all finished areas. Provide
galvanized steel plates in unfinished areas. Engrave all
receptacle plates other than those serving 120 volt, single phase
devices. State voltage and amperage characteristics. Example:
208V, 30A".
All switch banks shall have each switch identified as to its
function with micarta engraved adhesive backed plate.
Emergency power coverplate shall be "RED", engrave name
"Emergency Power".
8776/Division 16 16/33
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
SECTION 16140 - WIRING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
The extent of wiring device work is indicated by drawings and
schedules. Wiring devices are defined as single discrete units
of electrical distribution systems which are intended to carry
but not utilize electric energy.
Types of electrical wiring devices in this section include the
following:
Receptacles
Switches
Coverplates
Dimmer controls
Cord caps
Cord connectors
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Comply with NEC and NEMA standards as applicable to construction
and installation of electrical wiring devices. Provide
electrical wiring devices which have been UL listed and labeled.
SUBMITTALS:
PRODUCT DATA: Submit manufacturer's data on electrical wiring
devices.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
FABRICATED WIRING DEVICES:
GENERAL: Provide factory -fabricated wiring devices, in types,
and electrical ratings for applications indicated and complying
with NEMA Stds. Pub. No. WD 1.
Provide wiring devices (of proper voltage rating) as follows:
MFGR. C.O.'S 1-POLE 3-WAY 4-WAY W-PILOT
Hubbell 5362
I
1221
I
1223
I
1234 I
P& S 5362
I
20ACI
I
20AC3
I
20AC4 I
Leviton 5362
I
1223
I
1223
I
1224 I
Slater 5362G
I
720
I
723
I
724 I
Sylvania 5362
I
1221A
I
1221A
I
1224A I
Arrowhart 5362
I
1991
I
1993
I
1994 I
8776/Division
16
Ricks College
Plant
Science
Basement
Remodel
1221-Pl I
20ACI-CPL
720-Pl I
1271-RD I
1991-IL 7
16/32
of parallel runs of horizontal conduits to be supported together
on trapeze type hangers where possible.
RACEWAYS: Support raceways which are rigidly attached to
structure at intervals not to exceed 8 feet on center and within
12" of each junction box, outlet or fitting. Support raceway (as
it is installed) in accordance with the following:
NUMBER OF RUNS 3/4" TO 1-1/2" 0
1 Full straps, clamps
or hangers.
2 Full straps, clamps
or hangers.
3 Mounting Channel
1-1/2" & LARGER 0
Hanger
Mounting Channel
Mounting Channel
Support suspended raceways on trapeze hanger system, or
individually by means of threaded rod and straps, clamps, or
hangers suitable for the application. Do not use "tie wire" as a
portion of any raceway support system; do not support raceway
from ceiling support wires.
FLOOR MOUNTED EQUIPMENT: Provide rigid attachment of all floor
mounted equipment to the floor slab or structural system.
Provide 5/8" bolts or expansion anchors at each 90 degrees corner
and at intervals not to exceed 48" on center along entire
perimeter of the equipment. Provide rigid attachment for all
floor mounted switchboards, panelboards, power and control
equipment, motor control centers, dimmer cabinets, transformers,
oil switches, battery packs and racks, and similar equipment
furnished under Section 16.
END OF SECTION 16136
8776/Division 16 16/31
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
SECTION 16136 - SUPPORTING DEVICES
PART 1 - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of supports, anchors, and sleeves is indicated by drawings
and schedules and/or specified in other Division-16 sections.
See Section 16110, Raceways, for additional requirements.
Work of this section includes supports, anchors, sleeves, and
seals required for a complete raceway support system, including
but not limited to: clevis hangers, riser clamps, C-clamps, beam
clamps, one and two hold conduit straps, offset conduit clamps,
expansion anchors, toggle bolts, threaded rods, U-channel strut
systems, and all associated accessories.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of
electrical supporting devices. Comply with applicable
requirements of ANSI/NEMA Std. Pub. No. FB 1, "Fittings and
Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies". Provide electrical
components which are UL-listed and labeled.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
MANUFACTURED SUPPORTING DEVICES:
GENERAL: Provide supporting devices; complying with
manufacturer's standard materials, design and construction in
accordance with published product information, and as required
for a complete installation; and as herein specified. See
drawings for additional requirements.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTING DEVICES:
Install hangers, anchors, sleeves, and seals as required, in
accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with
recognized industry practices to insure supporting devices comply
with requirements. Comply with requirements of NECA, NEC and
ANSI/NEMA for installation of supporting devices.
Coordinate with other electrical work, including raceway and
wiring work, as necessary to interface installation of supporting
devices with other work.
Install hangers, supports, clamps and attachments to support
piping properly from building structures. Arrange for grouping
8776/Division 16 16/30
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
sets on the box mounting plate. This will cause the device and
coverplate surfaces to match.
Fasten boxes rigidly to substrates or structural surfaces to
which attached, or solidly embed electrical boxes in concrete or
masonry. Use bar hangers for stud construction. Use of nails
for securing boxes is prohibited. Set boxes on opposite sides of
common wall with minimum 10" of conduit between them.
Provide electrical connections for installed boxes.
END OF SECTION 16135
8776/Division 16 16/29
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
outlet boxes being used and fulfilling requirements of individual
wiring applications.
WEATHERPROOF OUTLET BOXES: Provide corrosion -resistant cast -
metal weatherproof outlet wiring boxes, of types, shapes and
sizes (including depth) required, with threaded conduit ends,
cast -metal face application, with face plate gaskets and
corrosion -resistant fasteners.
JUNCTION AND PULL BOXES: Provide code -gage sheet steel junction
and pull boxes, with screw -on covers; of types, shapes and sizes
to suit each respective location and installation; with welded
seams and equipped with stainless steel nuts, bolts, screws and
washers.
CONDUIT BODIES: Provide galvanized cast -metal conduit bodies, of
types, shapes and sizes to suit respective locations and
installation, construct with threaded -conduit -entrance ends,
removable covers, and corrosion -resistant screws.
BUSHINGS, KNOCKOUT CLOSURES AND LOCKNUTS: Provide corrosion -
resistant punched -steel box nnockout closures, conduit locknuts
and malleable iron conduit bushings and offset connectors, or
types and sizes to suit respective uses and installation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS:
GENERAL: Install electrical boxes and fittings where indicated,
complying with manufacturer's written instructions, applicable
requirements of NEC and NECA's "Standard of Installation", and in
compliance with recognized industry practices to ensure that
products fulfill requirements.
Minimum height of wall receptacles shall be 16".
Coordinate installation of electrical boxes and fittings with
wire/cable and raceway installation work.
Provide coverplates for all boxes. See Section 16140, Wiring
Devices.
Provide weatherproof outlets for interior and exterior locations
exposed to weather or moisture.
Provide knockout closures or cap unused knockout holes where
blanks have been removed.
Install boxes and conduit bodies to ensure ready accessibility of
electrical wiring. Install recessed boxes with face of box or
ring flush with adjacent surface so the device mounting flange
8776/Division 16 16/28
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
SECTION 16135 - ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of electrical box and electrical fitting work is indicated
by drawings and schedules.
Types of electrical boxes and fittings in this section include
the following:
Outlet boxes
Junction boxes
Full boxes
Conduit bodies
Bushings
Locknuts
Knockout closures
Miscellaneous boxes and fittings
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of
electrical boxes and fittings. Comply with ANSI C 134.1 (NEMA
Standards Pub. No. OS 1) as applicable to sheet -steel outlet
boxes, device boxes, covers and box supports. Provide electrical
boxes and fittings which have been UL-listed and labeled.
SUBMITTALS:
None required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
FABRICATED MATERIALS:
INTERIOR OUTLET BOXES: Provide one piece, galvanized flat rolled
sheet steel interior outlet wiring boxes, of types, shapes and
sizes, including box depths, to suit each respective location and
installation; construct with stamped knockouts in back and sides,
and with threaded screw holes with corrosion -resistant screws for
securing box covers and wiring devices; standard box shall be 2-
1/8" x 4" x 4", with masonry/plastic rings.
Where structure will not allow a 4 square box use a 3" deep
single gauge unit.
INTERIOR OUTLET BOX ACCESSORIES: Provide outlet box accessories
as required for each installation, including mounting brackets,
hangers, extension rings, fixture studs, cable clamps and metal
straps for supporting outlet boxes, which are compatible with
8776/Division 16 16/27
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
Distribution and Panelboard Feeders; and other conductors, #2 AWG
and larger - (Copper) conductor; see drawings for insulation
type.
Branch Circuit Conductors and all conductors #3 AWG and smaller
copper conductor, with THHN insulation below #10AWG, and THHN
above #10AWG, and where ambient temperature conditions exceed 60
degrees C. Size all conductors in accordance with NEC; minimum
size to be #12 AWG. Provide stranded conductors for #8 AWG and
larger. Provide THHN insulated conductors (in dry areas) from
outlets to fixtures, and in fixture channels.
Conductor ampacity shall comply when local codes have a derating
factor because of ambient temperature.
Provide color and coding of conductors as follows:
Lighting & Appliance
A -phase -
- - Black
B-phase -
- - Red
C-phases -
- - Blue
Neutral -
- - White
Ground- -
- - Green
Motor Control
Motor Feeders - - -Black
Hot or Stop Lead- -Red
Start Lead- - - - -Blue
Common- - - - - - -White
Indicating Light- -Orange
Interlock or Shunt -Brown
Ground- - - - - - -Green
Provide #10 AWG conductor for all three and four wire fluorescent
circuit home runs.
END OF SECTION 16120
8776/Division 16 16/26
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
SECTION 16120 - CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART 1 - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of electrical conductor and electrical cable work is
indicated by drawings and schedules.
Types of conductors_ and cables in this section include the
following:
Copper Conductors (600V)
Applications for conductors and cables required for project
include:
Feeders
Branch Circuits
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Comply with NEC as applicable to construction and installation of
electrical conductors and cable. Comply with UL standards and
provide electrical conductors and cables which have been UL-
listed and labeled.
Comply with applicable portions of NEMA/Insulated Cable Engineers
Association standards pertaining to materials, construction and
testing of conductors and cable.
Comply with applicable portions of ANSI/ASTM and IEEE standards
pertaining to construction of conductors and cable.
SUBMITTALS:
FIELD TEST DATA: Submit test data in accordance with IEEE
Standard 400-1980 showing ambient conditions, voltage levels,
level durations, and conduction current for each step. Include
effective insulation resistance in submittal.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
COPPER CONDUCTORS (600V):
Provide factory -fabricated conductors of sizes, ratings,
materials, and types indicated for each service. Where not
indicated provide proper selection to comply with project's
installation requirements and NEC standards. Provide conductors
in accordance with the following:
8776/Division 16 16/25
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
Raceway installation in suspended slabs:
Install conduit as close to the middle of concrete slab as
practicable without disturbing reinforcement. Do not
install conduits of diameter greater than 1-1/4" of the slab
thickness. Space conduits not less than 3 diameters on
center (except at stub up locations). Provide OZ expansion
fittings at all expansion joints. All raceways shall be
installed with concrete tight fittings.
Install RMC in all hazardous locations as defined by NEC.
Provide suitable fittings, seal -offs, boxes, etc. to comply with
requirements.
Conduits encased in concrete shall be shrouded with a 3" of Red
concrete. Install a #4 rebar in all four corners of the
encasement except for two conduits or less where two #4 bars in
opposite corners is acceptable.
ROOF FLASHING:
Where raceways penetrate roofing or similar area, provide 26 ga.
galvanized iron roof jack, sized to fit tightly to raceway for
weathertight seal, and with flange extending to a minimum of 9
inches under roofing on all sides. Coordinate all work with
roofing contractor.
PATCHING AND REPAIR:
The Contractor is responsible for all demolition, patching and
repair of all finished interior surfaces pertaining to the
installation of this particular phase of work. All surfaces
shall be finished (painted, etc.) to match the adjacent
materials, finishes and color.
Hard Surfaces: Whenever demolition or excavation is required for
the installation of the electrical system, it should be the
responsibility of this Contractor to make repairs and/or
replacements of hard finish surfaces such as concrete, asphalt,
etc.
Lawn replacement is also included as a part of this section.
The method of patching and repair should follow good construction
practices and all finished surfaces shall match materials and
finish wherein the demolition occurred.
END OF SECTION 16110
8776/Division 16 16/24
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
Where raceways penetrate building or vault walls and floors below
grade, install rigid metal conduit (RMC) for a minimum distance
of 10 ft. on the exterior side of the floor or wall. Provide OZ,
Type FSK or WSK sealing bushings (with external membrane clamps
as applicable) for all conduit penetrations entering building or
vaults below grade.
Install liquid -tight flexible conduit for connection of motors,
transformers, and other electrical equipment where subject to
movement and vibration.
Install five spare 3/4" conduit (capped) from each branch
panelboard into the ceiling and floor space. Where the floor is
not accessible run six conduits into the ceiling space. Run
conduits the required distance necessary to reach accessible
ceiling space.
Provide OZ expansion fittings on all conduits crossing building
expansion joints, both in slab and suspended.
Complete ins�allation of electrical raceways before starting
installation of cables/conductors within raceways.
EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL:
Raceway installation below slab -on -grade, or below grade:
The Electrical Contractor is responsible for all excavation
and backfill. Backfill shall be compacted in 6" layers to a
90% Standard Proctor Test.
For slab -on -grade construction, install runs or rigid
plastic conduit (PVC) below slab. Install RMC (with
protective coating) for raceways passing vertically through
slabs on grade. Slope raceways as required to drain away
from electrical enclosures and to avoid collection of
moisture in raceway low points.
Apply protective coating to metallic raceways in direct
contact with earth or fill of any type; consisting of
spirally wrapped PVC tape (1/2" minimum overlap os scotch
wrap tape or equal); or factory applied vinyl cladding
(minimum thickness .020 inches). Completely wrap and tape
all field joints.
Mark all buried conduits which do not require concrete
encasement by placing yellow plastic marker tape (minimum 6"
wide) along entire length of run 12" below final grade.
Where multiple small lines are buried in a common trench and
do not exceed an overall width of 16", install a single line
marker.
8776/Division 16 16/23
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
FIRE PENETRATION SEALS
All penetrations through fire rated floors and walls shall be
sealed to prevent the spread of smoke, fire, toxic gas or water
through the penetration either before, during or after the fire.
The fire rating of the penetration seal shall be at least that of
the floor or wall into which it is installed so that the original
fire rating of the floor or wall is maintained as required by
Article 300--21 of the National Electrical Code. The sealant
shall remain soft and pliable to allow for the removal and/or
addition of cables without the necessity of drilling holes. It
shall adhere to itself to allow any and all repairs to be made
with the same material. It shall permit the vibration, expansion
and/or contraction of raceways and/or cables going through the
penetration without the seal cracking or crumbling.
When damming materials are to be left in place after the seal is
complete, all such materials shall be non-flammable.
When sealant is injected into a penetration, the foam shall
expand to surround all items within the penetration and maintain
pressure against the walls of the penetration. The foam shall
cure within five minutes and be fire resistant at that time. No
heat shall be required to further expand the foam to block the
passage of fire and smoke or water.
All wall or floor penetration openings shall be as small as
possible.
The foam sealant shall meet all of the fire test and hose stream
test requirements of ASTM E119-73 and shall be UL Classified as a
Wall Opening Protective Device. The sealant shall be CHASE -FOAM
CTC PR-855 Fire Resistant Foam Sealant from Chase Technology
Corporation, Huntington Station, New York 11746, or equals of 3-
M.
Comply with NEC for requirements for installation of pull boxes
in long runs.
Cap open ends of conduits and protect other raceways as required
against accumulation of dirt and debris. Pull a mandril and swab
through all conduit before installing conductors. Install a 200
lb. nylon pull cord in each empty conduit run.
Replace all crushed, wrinkled or deformed raceway before
installing conductors.
Provide rigid metal conduit (RMC) for all bends in buried conduit
greater than 30 degrees. Provide protective coating for RMC bend
as specified herein.
8776/Division 16 16/22
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL RACEWAYS:
Install electrical raceways where indicated; in accordance with
manufacturer's written instructions, applicable requirements of
NEC and NECA "Standard of Installation", and in accordance with
the following.
FEEDERS UNDER 600 VOLTS: Install feeders to panels and motor
control centers and individual equipment feeders rated 100 amps
and greater, in rigid metal conduit (RMC), or intermediate metal
conduit (IMC); except where buried below grade, install in non-
metallic conduit or duct. Feeders 1-1/2" round and larger shall
be encased in concrete as a part of the floor. Not up in the
floor, but just below the floor with the top of the conduit
touching the bottom of the slab and the bottom of the conduit
being covered with at least 1" of concrete.
BRANCH CIRCUITS, SIGNAL AND CONTROL CIRCUITS, AND INDIVIDUAL
EQUIPMENT CIRCUITS RATED LESS THAN 100 AMPS: Install in electric
metallic tubing (EMT); except in poured walls, below concrete
slab -on -grade, or in earth fill, install in non-metallic plastic
duct. Encase non-metallic plastic duct 1-1/4" and larger in
concrete.
Coordinate with other work, including metal and concrete deck
work, as necessary to interface installation of electrical
raceways and components.
Install raceway in accordance with the following:
Provide a minimum of 12" clearance from flues, steam and hot
water piping, etc. Avoid installing raceways in immediate
vicinity of boilers and similar heat emitting equipment.
Conceal raceways in finished walls, ceilings and floors (other
than slab -on -grade). Where conduit is exposed in mechanical
spaces, etc., install parallel with or at right angles to
building or room structural lines.
Where cutting raceway is necessary, remove all inside and outside
burrs; make cuts smooth and square with raceway. Paint all field
threads (or portions of raceway where corrosion protection has
been damaged) with primer and enamel finish coat to match
adjacent raceway surface.
8776/Division 16 16/21
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
where required by application. Provide double locknuts and metal
bushings at conduit terminations, use OZ Type B bushing on
conduits 1-1/4" and larger.
ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING (EMT): FS WW-C-563 and ANSI C80.3.
EMT FITTINGS: Provide insulated throat non -indenter type
malleable steel fittings; concrete tight where required by
application. Install OZ Type B bushings on conduits 1-1/4" and
larger.
FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT: FS WW-C-566, of the following type:
Zinc -coated steel.
FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT FITTINGS: FS W-F-406, Type 1 Class 1, and
Style A.
LIQUID -TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT: Provide liquid -tight,
flexible metal conduit; constructed of single strip, flexible,
continuous interlocked, and double -wrapped steel; galvanized
inside and outside; coated with liquid -tight jacket of flexible
polyvinyl chloride (PVC).
LIQUID -TIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT FITTINGS: FS W-F-406, Type
1, Class 3, Style G.
EXPANSION FITTING: OZ Type AX, or equivalent of suit
application.
NON-METALLIC CONDUIT AND DUCTS:
GENERAL: Provide non-metallic conduit, ducts, and fittings of
types, sizes and weights (wall thicknesses) as indicated; with
minimum trade size of 3/4".
UNDERGROUND PVC PLASTIC UTILITIES DUCT: ANSI/NEMA TC 6, Type 1
for encased burial in concrete, Type II for direct burial.
PVC AND ABS PLASTIC UTILITIES DUCT FITTINGS: ANSI/NEMA TC 9,
match to duct type and material.
CONDUIT, TUBING, AND DUCT ACCESSORIES: Provide conduit, tubing
and duct accessories of types, sizes, and materials, complying
with manufacturer's published product information, which mate and
match conduit and tubing.
SEALING BUSHINGS: Provide OZ Type FSK, of FSKA.
8776/Division 16 16/20
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
SECTION 16110 - CONDUIT RACEWAYS
PART 1 - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of raceways in indicated by drawings and schedules.
Types of raceways in this section include the following:
Electrical metallic tubing.
Flexible metal conduit.
Intermediate metal conduit.
Liquid -Tight flexible metal conduit.
Rigid metal conduit.
Rigid non-metallic conduit.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
MANUFACTURERS: Firms regularly engage in manufacture of raceway
systems of types and sizes required, whose products have been in
satisfactory use in similar service for not less that three (3)
years.
STANDARDS: Comply with applicable portions of NEMA standards
pertaining to raceways. Comply with applicable portions of UL
safety standards pertaining to electrical raceway systems; and
provide products and components which have been UL-listed and
labeled. Comply with NEC requirements as applicable to
construction and installation of raceway systems.
SUBMITTALS:
Not required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING:
GENERAL: Provide metal conduit, tubing and fittings or types,
grades, sizes and weights (wall thicknesses) as indicated; with
minimum trade size of 3/4".
RIGID METAL CONDUIT (RMC): FS WW-C-0581 and ANSI C80.1.
INTERMEDIATE STEEL CONDUIT (IMC): FS WW-C-581.
PVC EXTERNALLY COATED RIGID STEEL CONDUIT: ANSI C80.1 and NEMA
Std. Pub. No. RN 1.
RIGID AND INTERMEDIATE STEEL CONDUIT FITTING: Provide fully
threaded malleable steel couplings; raintight and concrete tight
8776/Division 16 16/19
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
The new electrical equipment and apparatus shall be coordinated
and connected into the existing system as required. Auxiliary
systems shall comply unless otherwise specified.
The new fixtures indicated for existing outlets shall be
installed in accordance with the fixture specifications. New
conductors shall be installed from the panel to each existing
outlet.
Conduit and wire installed in existing structures shall be
concealed. If not possible, install in wiremold. Before
installation, confirm with Architect.
All electrical equipment and apparatus in the building not
remodeled shall be connected as per specifications and left in
working conditions.
Vacated or unused circuits shall have wire pulled out of conduit
back to branch panel or the first active outlet.
All circuits, conduit and wire that are not used in the
remodeling shall be removed back to the first accessible junction
box where it shall be tied off, taped and labeled spare and what
it connects to.
The existing light fixtures, which are not used in the remodeled
area, shall be carefully removed (DO NOT DAMAGE), placed in
cartons, and turned over to the Owner. Those fixtures indicated
for re -use shall be thoroughly cleaned, repaired as required,
relamped and installed as indicated.
Obtain permission from the building maintenance director before
penetrating any ceiling, floor, and wall surfaces.
Any and all equipment having electrical connections that require
disconnecting and reconnection, at the same or another location
throughout the course of construction, shall be included as part
of this contract.
END OF SECTION 16070
8776/Division 16 16/18
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
to equipment, control cabinet, terminal junction box or
wiring terminals. Totally enclose all wiring in raceway.
2. Movable and/or portable equipment - wiring device, cord cap,
and multi -conductor cord suitable for the equipment and in
accordance with NEC requirements (Article 400).
3. Other methods as required by National Electrical Code and/or
as required by special equipment of field conditions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION OF ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS:
Make electrical connections in accordance with connector
manufacturer's written instructions and with recognized industry
practices, and complying with requirements of NEC and NECA's
"Standard of Installation" to ensure that product fulfill
requirements.
Connect electrical power supply conductors to equipment
conductors in accordance with equipment manufacturer's written
instructions and wiring diagrams.
Coordinate installation of electrical connections for equipment
with equipment installation work.
Verify all electrical loads (voltage, phase, full load amperes,
number and point of connections, minimum circuit ampacity, etc.)
for equipment furnished under other Divisions of this
specification, by reviewing respective shop drawings furnished
under each division. Meet with each subcontractor furnishing
equipment requiring electrical service and review equipment
electrical characteristics. Report any variances from electrical
characteristics noted on the electrical drawings in writing to
Architect before proceeding with rough -in work.
Obtain and review the equipment shop drawings to determine
particular final connection requirements before rough -in begins
for each equipment item.
Refer to basic materials and methods Section 16120, Conductors,
for identification of electrical power supply conductor
terminations.
EXISTING EQUIPMENT:
General: The following are part of this project, and all costs
pertaining thereto shall be included in the base bid.
Disconnect all equipment that obstructs and/or is to be
relocated. Reconnect when reset.
8776/Division 16 16/17
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
SECTION 16070 _ ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:
The Contractor shall install an electric service to the subject
project as shown on the plans and described herein.
Extent of electrical connection for equipment includes final
electrical connection of all equipment having electrical
requirements. Make final connections for all owner furnished
equipment. See other applicable portions of specification for
building temperature control wiring requirements.
Refer to Division-15 sections for motor starters and controls
furnished integrally with equipment; not work of this section.
Refer to Division-15 section for control system wiring; not work
of this section.
Refer to sections of other Divisions for specific individual
equipment power requirements.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
NEC COMPLIANCE: Comply with applicable portions of NEC as to
type products used and installation of electrical power
connections.
UL LABELS: Provide electrical connection products and materials
which have been UL-listed and labeled.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
GENERAL: For each electrical connection indicated, provide
complete assembly of materials, including but not necessarily
limited to; raceways, conductors, cords, cord caps, wiring
devices, pressure connectors, terminals (lugs), electrical
insulating tape, heat -shrinkable insulating tubing, cable ties,
solderless wire nuts, and other items and accessories as needed
to complete splices, terminations, and connections as required.
See Section 16110, Conduit Raceways; Section 16140, Wiring
Devices; and Section 16120 Wire Cables for additional
requirements. Provide final connections for equipment consistent
with the following:
1. Permanently installed fixed equipment - flexible seal -tight
conduit from branch circuit terminal equipment, or raceway;
8776/Division 16 16/16
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
all equipment Factory Representative and Subcontractors for
system start-up.
Each Representative and Subcontractor shall assist in start-up
and check out their respective system and remain at the site
until the total system operation is accepted by the Owner's
Representative.
The Factory Representative and/or System Subcontractor shall give
personal instruction on operation and maintenance of their
equipment to the Owner's maintenance and/or operation personnel.
To certify acceptance of operation and instruction by the Owner's
Representative, the contractor shall prepare a written statement
as follows:
This is to certify that the Factory Representative and/or
System Subcontractor for each of the systems installed below
have performed start-up and final check out of their
respective systems is satisfactory.
The Owner's Representative has received complete and
thorough instruction in the operation anu maintenance of
each system.
The Owner's Representative has received and accepted all
spare parts required by contact.
System
(List Systems Included)
Owner's Representative
Factory Representative
(List name and address of
Factory Representative)
Contractor
Send copy of acceptance to Architect/Engineer.
FINAL REVIEW:
At the time of final review, the project foreman shall accompany
the reviewing party, and remove coverplates, panel covers and
other access panels as requested, to allow review of the entire
electrical system.
END OF SECTION 16001.
8776/Division 16 16/15
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
Provide block -outs, sleeves, demolition work, etc., required for
installation of work specified in this Division.
COMPLETION OF WORK AND TESTING:
Before energizing any circuits, make meager ground tests on
conductors, bus duct and fused disconnects with the distribution
breakers open and all circuits feeding from the main panel.
These readings shall be recorded with their circuits and
submitted in triplicate to the Owner's Representative before the
system is energized.
Submit with a letter of guarantee a triplicate record of a
voltage reading and ammeter reading on all phases of feeders,
motors, outside lighting, and the main service to the facility.
(These readings shall be taken with all equipment operating.) A
second reading shall be taken and submitted in writing when the
building is occupied and in full service (kitchens, shops,
systems, etc. in operation).
If there are any abnormal conditions, they shall be brought to
the attericion of the Engineer in writing as a part of this
submittal. Also submit with the load readings for the motors, a
list of motors with the size of overload heaters used for each
motor. This includes thermo switches.
Before final inspection, but after the electrical installation is
complete, the Electrical Contractor shall remove neutral
grounding connection from main distribution panel and show to
Inspector and Owner's Representative, by an ohmmeter, that the
electrical system neutral is grounded through main panel location
only. Neutral shall be reconnected after the test is complete.
Emergency Power System: In the presence of the Owner's
Representative, test the emergency power system, in its entirety,
by transferring from normal to emergency power no less than six
times. This means to prove proper operation of all equipment,
devices, light fixtures, etc. that are powered by this system.
If an emergency generator or power pack is used, the factory
representative should be present during the test. Write a letter
to the Owner's Representative confirming the conditions of this
test.
Auxiliary systems - Each system shall be made operational by the
factory representative. He shall confirm the operator of each
component (speaker, stand by power, etc.) and report in writing
(triplicate) his confirmation of the systems status of operator.
PROJECT FINALIZATION AND START-UP:
Upon completion of equipment and system installation, assemble
8776/Division 16 16/14
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
spare set of each additional group of five (this includes fuses
for bolted pressure and HV units).
Diffusers: Provide a spare set of diffusers for each fixture
type and one for each additional 10 fixtures of each type; not to
exceed 10 spares for any singly fixture type.
Lamps: Provide replacement lamps amounting to 15% (not less than
one lamp) of each type and size used. The quantity of any one
single lamp type should not exceed 48.
Thermal Overloads: Provide one spare set of thermal overload
heaters of each type used in the magnetic starters.
Auxiliary Systems: One spare heat and smoke detector shall be
provided for the system.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
INSTALLATION: Lay out electrical work in advance of construction
to eliminate unnecessary cutting, drilling, channeling, etc.
Where such cutting, drilling, t-;r channeling becomes necessary for
proper installation; perform with care. Use skilled mechanics of
the trades involved. Repair damage to building and equipment at
no additional cost to the contract. Cutting work of other
Contractors shall be done only with the consent of that
Contractor. Cutting structural members shall not be permitted.
Since the drawings of floor, wall, and ceiling installation are
made at small scale, outlets, devices, equipment, etc., are
indicated only in their approximate location unless dimensioned.
Locate outlets and apparatus symmetrically on floors, walls and
ceilings where not dimensioned, and coordinate such locations
with work of other trades to prevent interferences. Verify all
dimensions on the job. Do not scale the electrical drawings, but
refer to the architectural and mechanical shop drawings and
project drawings for dimensions as applicable.
Perform for other trades, the electrical wiring and connection
for all devices, equipment or apparatus. Consult, Architectural,
Mechanical, and other applicable drawings, and all applicable
shop drawings to avoid switches, outlets, and other equipment
from being hidden behind doors, cabinets, counters, heating
equipment, etc. Relocate buried electrical devices and/or
connection as directed at no additional cost.
Where conduit, outlets or apparatus are to be encased in
concrete, it must be located and secured by a journeyman or
foreman present at the point of installation. Check locations of
the electrical items before and after concrete and/or masonry
installation and relocate displaced items.
8776/Division 16 16/13
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
SUBSTITUTIONS AND BIDDING:
The equipment specified carries brand names and catalog numbers
and shall be interpreted as establishing a standard of quality.
Substitutions will be considered if a duplicate written
application (two copies) is at the office of the engineer eight
(8) working days prior to the day of bidding. The application
shall include the following: 1) A statement declaring the
equipment proposed is equal to that specified by having the same
physical characteristics and dimensions and meet the drawings
layout and structural conditions as well as load requirements; 2)
The specified and submittal catalog numbers of the equipment
under consideration; 3) A pictorial and specification brochure.
Any conflict arising from the use of substituted equipment shall
be the responsibility of the supplier, who shall bear all costs
required to make the equipment comply with the intent of the
plans and specifications.
At the option of the Architect, samples may be required for non-
standard or substituted items before installation during
construction.
No materials or apparatus shall be substituted after the bid
opening except where the equipment manufacturer has been
discontinued or delivery becomes a problem, then written approval
if the Architect is required.
Bidding -- Only equipment specified in the contract documents
and or approved by an addendum will be used in the base bid.
INCENTIVE BIDS:
Suppliers of materials, equipment, and systems are encouraged to
submit incentive bids by grouping several products under one bid.
However, all incentive bids must list the individual item and
cost thereof in his quotation form as unitized. This will afford
the Contractor to make specific addition to or deductions from
the base bid. The base bid must be based upon specified items,
or items approved by addendum.
SPARE PARTS:
Provide spare parts (fuses, overload heaters, diffusers, lamps,
etc.) as specified. Transmit all spare parts to Owner's
Representative in writing prior to substantial completion.
Submit copy of transmittal letter to Engineer.
Fuses: Provide one spare set of fuses for each size used and one
8776/Division 16 16/12
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
GENERAL:
Products are specified by Manufacturer name, description, and/or
catalog number.
Discrepancies between equipment specified and the intended
function of equipment shall be brought to the attention of the
Architect/Engineer in writing prior to bidding. Failure to
report any conflict, including catalog numbers, discontinued
products, etc., does not relieve the Contractor from meeting the
intent of the contract documents, nor shall it change the
contract cost. If the Contractor is unable to interpret any part
of the plans and/or specifications, or should he find
discrepancies therein, he shall bring this to the attention of
the Architect/Engineer, who will issue interpretation and/or
additional instructions to Bidders before the project is bid.
MANUFACTURERS: Provide products of manufacturers specified (or
equivalent products of other manufacturers). Manufacturer's
catalog numbers and descriptions establish the quality of product
required. Substitutions will be considered if a duplicate
written application (2-copies) is at the office of the
Architect/Engineer eight (8) working days prior to the day of
bidding. The application shall include the following: 1) A
statement certifying that the equipment proposed is equal to that
specified; that it has the same electrical and physical
characteristics, compatible dimensions, and meets the functional
intent of the contract documents; 2) The specified and submittal
catalog numbers of the equipment under consideration; 3) A
pictorial and specification brochure.
Any conflict arising from the use of substituted equipment shall
be the responsibility of the contractor, who shall bear all costs
required to make the equipment comply with the intent of the
contract documents.
Samples may be required for non-standard or substituted items
before installation during construction. Provide all samples as
required.
No materials or apparatus may be substituted after the bid
opening except where the equipment specified has been
discontinued. This substitution must be made by a change order.
Provide only equipment specified in the contract documents or
approved by addendum.
8776/Division 16 16/11
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
persons in the vicinity. Protect completed work, work underway,
and apparatus against loss or damage.
CONCRETE BASES:
Unless otherwise noted, provide a 4" high concrete base for all
main panels, motor control centers, transformers, motor
generators, etc. Extend base 4" beyond equipment or mounting
rails on all sides or as shown on the drawings. Coordinate the
pad dimension with the equipment to be located thereon.
Concrete bases shall be provided under Division-16. Coordinate
size and location of all bases and furnish all required anchor
bolts, sleeves and templates as required to obtain a proper
installation.
ELECTRICAL -MECHANICAL COORDINATION:
General - All disconnect means, motor controllers, and all
electrical controls, protective, and signal devices for
mechanical equipment as noted in Division 15 of these
specifications shall be furnished, installed, wired, and
connected under Division 16 with the following exceptions.
Pressure switches, thermostats, solenoid valves, damper motors,
and similar equipment will be supplied and installed under the
Mechanical Division for connection under this Division.
Connection diagrams will be supplied as hereafter explained.
When the equipment supplied under Division 15 results in a change
to the contract documents and/or installation costs, the supplier
of that equipment shall reimburse the Division 16 contractor for
that expense.
If the substitution of equipment in Division 15 result in a
change to the contract documents and/or changes to the
installation requirements (not covered by the contract change
orders) the complete responsibility for costs shall be assigned
to the section of these specifications under which the equipment
is furnished.
EQUIPMENT CONNECTION DIAGRAM:
Submittal data for each individual electrically operated or
electrically controlled item of equipment or device furnished
under Division 15 and/or 16 of the contract documents shall
include complete electrical wiring diagrams and elementary
control diagrams (ladder form) showing all internal and external
wiring connections and services. The submittal data shall
Itemize all electrical characteristics that are of a special
nature or critical to the electrical installation or control
system. Such equipment and devices will not be considered for
approval until these requirements are met.
8776/Division 16 16/10
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
Certify the "Record Drawings" for correctness by placing and
signing the following certifications on the first sheet of the
sepias:
"CERTIFIED CORRECT (3/8" high letters)
By Date
(Name of General Contractor)
By Date
(Name of Electrical Contractor)
GUARANTEE: Ensure that electrical system installed under this
contract is in proper working order and in compliance with
drawings, specifications and/or authorized changes. Without
additional charge, replace any work or materials which develop
defects, except from ordinary wear and tear, within one year from
the date of substantial completion. Exception: Incandescent and
fluorescent lamps shall be guaranteed for a period of two months
from the date of substantial completion.
CLEAN-UP:
Clean up all equipment, conduit, fittings, packing cartons and
other debris that is a direct result of the installation of THW
work of this Division.
Clean fixtures, interiors and exteriors of all equipment, and
raceways. Replace all filters in electrical equipment upon
request for Substantial Completion.
POWER OUTAGE:
All power outages required for execution of this work shall occur
during non-standard working hours and at the convenience of the
Owner. Include all costs or overtime work in bid.
Submit written request at least 7 days in advance of scheduled
outage and proceed with outage only after receiving authorization
from the Owner's Representative.
Keep all outages to an absolute minimum.
STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS:
Provide storage space for storage of materials and apparatus and
assume complete responsibility for all losses due to any cause
whatsoever. In no case shall storage interfere with traffic
conditions in any public thoroughfare or constitute a hazard to
8776/Division 16 16/9
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
Assemble all data in a completely indexed volume or volumes and
identify the size, model, and features indicated for each item.
The binder (sized to the material) shall be a 2" slide lock unit
(Wilson -Jones B3-367-44). The cover shall be engraved with the
job title in 1/2" high letters and the name and address of the
Contractor in 1/4" high letters. Provide the same information in
1/8" letters on the spine.
Include complete cleaning and servicing data compiled in clearly
and easily understandable form. Show serial numbers of each
piece of equipment, complete list of replacement parts, motor
ratings, etc. Each unit shall have its own individual sheet.
(Example: If two items of equipment A and D appear on the same
sheet, an individual sheet shall be provided for each unit
specified.)
Include the following information where applicable:
1. Identifying name and mark number.
2. Certified outline Drawings and Shop Drawings.
3. Parts lists.
4. Performance curves and data.
5. Wiring diagrams.
6. Manufacturer's recommended operating and maintenance
instructions.
7. Vendor's name and address for each item.
RECORD DRAWINGS:
Maintain, on a daily basis, a complete set of "Record Drawings",
reflecting an accurate dimensional record of all buried or
concealed work. Mark "Record Drawings" to show the precise
location of concealed work and equipment, including concealed or
embedded conduit and junction boxes and all changes and
deviations in the work from that shown on the Contract Documents.
This requirement shall not be construed as authorization for the
Contractor to make changes in the layout or work without definite
authorization for such changes. The "Record Drawings" for daily
recording shall consist of a set of blue line prints of the
Contract Drawings.
Record dimensions clearly and accurately, delineating the work as
installed; identify locations by at least two dimensions to
permanent reference points.
Upon completion of the work, purchase a complete set of
reproducible sepia drawings with the Architect/Engineer's seal
and firm name removed or blacked out. Transfer all "Record"
information from the blue line prints to the sepias.
8776/Division 16 16/8
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
Certifications shall be written or in the form of rubber stamp
impressions as follows:
I hereby certify that this Shop Drawing and/or Brochure has
been checked prior to submittal and that it complies in all
respects with the requirements of the Contract Drawings and
Specifications for this Project.
(Name of Electrical Subcontractor)
Signed
Position Date
Observe the following rules when submitting Shop Drawings and
Brochures.
1. Each Shop Drawing shall indicate in the lower right hand
corner, and each Brochure shall indicate on the front cover
the following: Title of the sheet or brochure, name and
location of the building; names of the Architect and
Electrical Engineer, Contractor, Subcontractors,
Manufacturer, Supplier/Vendor, etc., date of submittal, and
the date of correction and revision. Unless the above
information is included, the submittal will be returned for
resubmittal.
2. Shop Drawings shall be done in an easily legible scale and
shall contain sufficient plans, elevations, sections, and
isometrics to clearly describe the equipment or apparatus,
and its location. Drawings shall be prepared by an
Engineer/Draftsman skilled in this type of work. Shop
Drawings shall be drawn to at least 1/4"-1/0" scale.
3. Brochures to be submitted shall be published by the
Manufacturers and shall contain complete and detailed
engineering and dimensional information. Brochures
submitted shall contain only information relevant to the
particular equipment or materials to be furnished. The
Contractor shall not submit catalogs which describe several
different items in addition to those items to be used,
unless all irrelevant information is marked out, or unless
relevant information is clearly marked. Brochures from each
manufacturer shall be identified and submitted separately.
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS: Provide operating
instructions and maintenance data books for all equipment and
materials furnished under this Division.
Submit four copies of operating and maintenance data books for
review at least four weeks before final review of the project.
8776/Division 16 16/7
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
circuit to which the device is connected. Example: Circuit "A-
1".
The power riser diagram sealed in plexiglass and trimmed with a
metal frame shall be provided and installed at the Main Panel in
the switch gear room (locate as directed).
Engraving device plates - see WIRING DEVICES.
All switch banks shall have each switch identified as to its
function with micarta engraved adhesive backed plate.
All high voltage cable and equipment shall be labeled with a
luminescent permanent label with 2" high letters, stating the
Primary Voltage, and DANGER, HIGH VOLTAGE sign on the transformer
vault door.
SUBMITTALS:
SHOP DRAWINGS AND PRODUCT DATA: After the contract is awarded,
but prior to manufacture or installation of any equipment,
prepare complete Shop Drawings and Brochures for materials and
equipment as required by each section of this specification.
Submit complete, bound su mbittal in a looseleaf binder large
enough for all items (8 copies) to Architect. Prior to
submission of the Shop Drawings and Project Data, review and
certify that they are in compliance with the Contract Documents.
Verify all dimensional information to insure proper clearance for
installation of equipment. Check all materials and equipment
after arrival on the job site and verify compliance with the
Contract Documents. A minimum period of two weeks, exclusive of
transmittal time, will be required each time a Shop Drawing
and/or Brochure is submitted or resubmitted for review. This
period shall be considered by the Contractor when scheduling
submittal data.
Review of Shop Drawings and Brochures shall not relieve the
Contractor of responsibility for dimensions and/or errors that
may be contained therein, or deviations from the Contract
Document's requirements. It shall be clearly understood that the
noting of some errors but overlooking others does not grant the
Contractor permission to proceed in error. Regardless of any
information contained in the Shop Drawings and Brochures, the
requirements of the Contract Documents shall govern and are not
waived, or superceded in any way by the review of the Shop
Drawings an Brochures.
8776/Division 16 16/6
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
and the Controls Contractor. The contract drawings will be
revised by one of the two following procedures:
1. If the revisions to the controls diagrams shown on the
contract drawings are minor in the opinion of the Architect,
the contract drawings will be revised and re -issued by and
at the expense of the Architect.
2. If the revisions to the control diagrams shown on the
contract drawings are ruled major in the opinion of the
Architect/Engineer, the Prime Contractor shall prepare and
submit a complete set of reproducible drawings of the
control diagrams proposed for installation. These drawings
shall be prepared on the same size sheets as the contract
drawings and shall follow the same general format and
quality of drafting as the contract drawings. After these
reproducible drawings have been reviewed and approved by the
Architect/Engineers and certified, the revised prints will
be re -issued to the Contractor at the expense of the Design
Engineers.
Changes During Construction: The complete responsibility and
costs for changes to the approved control diagrams during
construction and the resultant changes to the installation
requirements not covered by contract change orders, shall be
assigned to the respective section of these specifications under
which the equipment is furnished.
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS:
Labeling:
Engraved black formica with white core labels, 1/16" thick shall
be bolted on the interior and the exterior of branch panels
(panel name and voltage) and the exterior of disconnect switches,
motor controls, major J-boxes (power and auxiliary), push
buttons, thermal switches, time switches and similar equipment.
The labels shall have 1/4" high engraved letters, such as 1-1/2
HP FAN, PANEL - A. All main panel circuits shall be identified
with Micarta labels. (RED MICARTA LABELS shall be used on
emergency powered equipment
The phase of each feeder conductor shall be color coded at each
end in panels and junction boxes.
A plastic label, as noted above with the name and address of the
Engineer - the profession indicated - shall be bolted to the
front of the Main Power Panel. The engraved letters in the name
and address shall be 1/2" and 1/4" high, respectively.
Write with a felt tip pen that contains permanent ink, on the
inside of each device box and on the back of every plate, the
8776/Division 16 16/5
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
COORDINATION WITH CEILING AND MECHANICAL SUBCONTRACTORS:
Meet at least twice with the Ceiling Contractor. The first
meeting shall accomplish coordination of all ceiling types with
the specified light fixtures. The second meeting shall be held
at the project site prior to installing the ceiling to coordinate
the fixture layout in each area, and to determine if the depth
will allow the installation of the fixture. If a conflict occurs
with the layout or depth, the Engineer shall be contacted
immediately so the conditions can be adjusted. A letter
confirming the second meeting shall be sent to the Engineer with
a copy to the Architect.
Meet at least once with the Mechanical Contractor prior to
fabrication and installation of the ductwork to coordinate the
depth and location of light fixtures and ductwork in all areas.
All conflicts must be resolved before light fixtures are released
for shipment. A letter confirming this meeting shall be sent to
the Engineer with a copy to the Architect.
WIRING DIAGRAMS:
As soon as possible after the contract to proceed is signed, one
print of the control diagrams shown on the contract drawings
shall be developed (utilize the information on the contract
documents) and Control Subcontractors, showing all necessary
connections required for the equipment and devices proposed for
installation. These prints shall be reviewed and approved by the
Mechanical, Electrical, and Controls Subcontractor, and then
submitted to the Architect/Engineer for approval. The prints
shall indicate all components that are to be wired into the
control power circuit by the Electrical Subcontractor, with all
terminals for external connections of the components identified
and labeled to correspond to the manufacturer's designations.
Internal or factory installed wiring or package -type components
need not be shown. The shop drawings for the Control System to
by installed by the Controls Subcontractor shall be prepared as a
separate and complete submittal and need not be entirely repeated
on the indicated prints except for the related electric
connections. Color coding designations shall be indicated the
control power circuit wiring to be installed in the field by the
Electrical Subcontractor.
Revised Drawings: After the Architect has approved the submitted
copy of the control diagrams, the contract drawings will be
revised and the Contractor will be issued ten revised prints.
The revised control diagrams shall be certified in writing as
being acceptable to the Mechanical Design Engineer, Electrical
Design Engineer, Mechanical Contractor, Electrical Contractor,
8776/Division 16 16/4
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
Architect shall be afforded every facility deemed necessary to
inspect and examine the materials and apparatus being installed
to prove their quality, skill and competency of workmanship.
DEMOLITION:
This Contractor shall be responsible for block -outs or demolition
work pertaining to the installation of the electrical system.
Seal around all electrical equipment penetrating outside walls,
roofs, unheated spaced, air plenums, cold boxes, etc., with Dow
Corning Silicone RTV foam.
All salvageable electrical equipment and materials that cannot be
integrated into the new electrical network becomes the property
of the Owner.
PROGRESS AND COORDINATION OF WORK:
The electrical work shall be laid out in advance of construction
to eliminate unnecessary cutting, drilling, channeling, etc.
Where such cutting and drilling, or channeling becomes necessary
for proper installation perform with care, use skilled mechanics
of the trades involved, repair damage to building and equipment
at no additional cost to the Owner. Cutting work of other trades
shall be done only with the consent to the General Contractor.
Cutting of structural members shall be done only with the
approval of the Architect.
Cooperate with other trades to coordinate locations of electrical
outlets and apparatus.
Perform for other trades, the electrical wiring and connections
for all devices or apparatus where not specified herein or
indicated on the drawings. Consult the Architectural and
Mechanical drawings to avoid the location of switches, outlets
and other equipment from being hidden behind doors, cabinets,
counters, heating equipment, etc. Buried electrical devices
and/or connections shall be relocated as directed, at no
additional cost to the Owner.
Where conduit, outlets or apparatus is to be cast in concrete or
encased, it must be located and secured by a journeyman or
foreman present at the point of installation. He shall check the
locations of the electrical items before and after the concrete
and masonry installation and shall relocate displaced items.
No changes shall be made in the design or location of apparatus
unless specifically approved in writing.
8776/Division 16 16/3
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
to determine existing conditions affecting electrical and other
work. All costs arising from site conditions and/or preparation
shall be included in the base bid. No additional charges will be
allowed due to inadequate site inspection.
INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS:
Before bidding, Contractor shall familiarize himself with the
drawings, specifications and project site. Submit requests for
clarification to Architect/Engineer in writing prior to issuance
of final addendum. After signing the contract, the Contractor
shall meet the intent, purpose, and function of the contract
documents. Any costs of materials, labor, and equipment arising
therefrom, to make each system complete and operable, is the
responsibility of the Contractor.
QUALITY ASSURANCE:
Comply with the requirements of State and Local Ordinances. If a
conflict occurs between these requirements and the contract
documents, the most stringent requirements shall govern. The
contractor accepts this responsibility upon submitting his bid,
and no extra charge will be allowed after the contract is
awarded. This shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor
from complying with any requirements of the contract documents
which may be in excess of the aforementioned requirements, and
not contrary to same.
Obtain all permits, inspections, etc. required by authority
having jurisdiction. Include all fees in bid. Furnish a
certificate of approval to the Owner's Representative from the
Inspection Authority at completion of the work.
Employ only qualified craftsmen with at least three years of
experience (in power equipment, conduit work, high voltage
equipment, etc.). Workmanship shall he neat, have a good
mechanical appearance and conform to best electrical construction
practices. Provide a competent superintendent to direct the work
at all times. Any person found incompetent shall be discharged
from the project and replaced by satisfactory personnel.
Contractor shall have a current state contracting license
applicable to type of work to be performed under this contract.
MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP:
All materials and equipment furnished and installed shall be
first quality, new and meet the standards of NEMA, IPCEA, LS, UL,
NFPA, UBC, OSHA, NEC, and shall bear their label wherever
standards have been established and label service is available.
Where materials and equipment are specified by manufacturer's
name, the type and quality required is thereby denoted. The
8776/Division 16 16/2
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
SECTION 16001 - ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
RELATED DOCUMENTS:
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General
and Supplementary Conditions and Division - 1 Specification
sections, apply to work of this section.
This is Division 16 and each division recorded hereafter makes
reference to the electrical systems, equipment, materials,
connections, etc., and apply to all the work making reference
and/or titled electrical.
Architectural, Structural, Mechanical and other applicable
documents are considered a part of the electrical documents
insofar as they apply as if referred to in full.
DESCRIPTION OF WORK:
Extent of electrical work is indicated on drawings and/or
specified in Division 16 sections of the specification. Provide
all labor, materials, equipment, supervision and service
necessary for a complete electrical system. Work includes, but
is not necessarily limited to, the following items:
ITEM SECTION
Electrical Connections for Equipment
16070
Conduit Raceways
16110
Raceway Systems
16111
Conductors and Cables
16120
Electrical Boxes and Fittings
16135
Supporting Devices
16136
Wiring Devices
16140
Motor Starters
16155
Panelboards
16160
Motor and Circuit Disconnects
16170
Overcurrent Protective Devices
16180
Transformers
16181
Grounding
16452
Interior and Exterior Building Lighting
16510
Telephone Systems
16740
Fire Alarm System
16742
Use of standard industry symbols together with the special
symbols, notes, and instructions indicated on the drawings
describe the work, materials, apparatus and systems required as a
portion of this work. Visit the site during the bidding period
8776/Division 16 16/1
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
SECTION
16001
- ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
1
SECTION
16070
- ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS FOR EQUIPMENT
16
SECTION
16110
- CONDUIT RACEWAYS
19
SECTION
16120
- CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
25
SECTION
16135
- ELECTRICAL BOXES AND FITTINGS
27
SECTION
16136
- SUPPORTING DEVICES
30
SECTION
16140
- WIRING DEVICES
32
SECTION
16155 -
MOTOR STARTERS
35
SECTION
16160 -
PANELBOARDS
38
SECTION
16170 -
MOTOR AND CIRCUIT DISCONNECTS
41
SECTION
16180 -
OVERCURRENT PROTECTIVE DEVICES
43
SECTION
16452 -
GROUNDING
46
SECTION
16510 -
INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR BLDG. LIGHTING
48
SECTION
16740 -
TELEPHONE SYSTEM (RACEWAYS)
52
SECTION
16744 -
COMPUTER SYSTEM & INDICATED CLOCKS
53
SECTION
16800 -
AUXILIARY SYSTEMS
54
4. Control Panels: Shall be 14 gauge furniture steel enclosed on all four
sides with a hinged door and key lock. The panel shall be shop painted
with the manufacturer's standard color. All controllers, relays, time
clocks. etc. shall be mounted in the control panels and all electrical
devices wired to numbered terminal strips.
5. Zone Controller: Shall be microcomputer based single zone controller.
Direct digital control of sixteen adjustments for control of setpoints.
setback, setup, high and low limits, and changeover. Johnson C-500-A with
Johnson S-500-A staging modules and R-120 relay packs as required.
15928 DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEI:
1. Existing Multi -zone Unit: The two existing zone thermostats in the
basement shall be re --piped to control the existing zone dampers as
indicated on the drawing. All other controls on this unit shall remain as
existing.
2. Existing Single -zone Unit: The existing single zone unit shall receive a
new day/night, heating/cooling thermostat to control the heating/cooling
operation and changeover of the existing single -zone unit. This new
thermostat„ along with a new chilled water valve shall be tied into the
existing Johnson C-500-A zone controller. Provide new staging modules and
relay packs as required. Re --wire the existing zone controller to handle
the new thermostat and cooling valve.
3. New AC-1 Unit: The new AC unit shall have a new Johnson T-960 thermostat.
with concealed setpoint.. This unit shall be connected through a new
Johnson C-500-A zone controller, with staging modules, and relay packs as
required.
15930 _ SE%UENCE OF_CQITR01.
1. Existing Multi -zone Unit: Sequence of control shall not be modified on
this unit.
2. Existing Single -zone Unit: Sequence of control shall be modified to
control new cooling equipment, and change existing outside air dampers to
economizer cycle. All other control sequences shall remain as existing.
3. New AC-1 Unit: The new, T--960 thermostat, shall control the day/night
heating/cooling temperature set.point of the new AC unit, and be tied into
a new C-500-A zone controller for future connection to Ricks College JC-85
control system.
END OF SECTION 15900
8776/Division 15 15/26
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
15922 AIR PIPING SYSTEM:
1. Pipe shall be seamless copper tubing or non-metallic tubing as specified
herein. Non --metallic tubing shall be polyethylene, ASTM Type 1, Grade 5,
and Class B or C meeting the stress crack test. ASTM D1693-60T.
Polyethylene tubing must, be classified as flame retardant and must be
rated as self -extinguishing when tested under ASTM D635 flammability test.
2. Non-metallic tubing -run in mechanical or finished spaces where other
tubing is exposed shall be run within adequately supported rigid metallic
raceway, EMT, pipe. or duct.
1592A CONTROL COMPONENTS: (PNEUMATIC)
Room Thermostats: All thermostats shall be of the two -pipe type. They
shall be fully proportional with adjustable throttling range. They shall
automatically change from day to night operation on a change in main air
pressure.
?. Control Valves: Valves 2 1/2 inches and smaller shall be screwed, 3
inches and larger shall be flanged. They shall have stainless steel
stems, replaceable seats and self-adjusting teflon packing.
3. Dampers: Dampers shall be low leakage with inflatable seal edging that,
shall be rated for leakage less than 10 cfm per square foot at the system
design pressure differential with a holding torque of no more than 50
lbs. The Control Contractor shall furnish all control dampers that are
not furnished as a part of mixing boxes. Honeywell D643.
d. Control Panels: Shall be 14 gauge furniture steel enclosed on all four
sides with a hinged door and key lock. The panel shall be shop painted
with the manufacturer's standard color. All controllers, relays, time
clocks, etc. shall be mounted in the control panels and all electrical
devices wired to numbered terminal strips.
15926 CONTROL COMPONENTS: (ELECTRIC)
1. Room Thermostats: All thermostats shall be of the electric -electronic low
voltage type. They shall be fully proportional with adjustable throttling
range. They shall automatically change from day to night operation on a
change in the time clock. Johnson T-960
2. Control Valves: Valves 2 1/2 inches and smaller shall be screwed. 3
inches and larger shall be flanged. They shall have stainless steel
stems, replaceable seats and self-adjusting teflon packing.
3. Dampers: Dampers shall be low leakage with inflatable seal edging that
shall be rated for leakage less than 10 cfm per square foot at the system
design pressure differential with a holding torque of no more than 50
lbs. The Control Contractor shall furnish all control dampers that are
not, furnished as a part of mixing boxes. Honeywell D643 .
8776/Division 15 15/25
Ricks College Plant. Science Basement Remodel
15900 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS:
15902_____WORK INCLUDED:
1. The Automatic Control Contractor shall furnish and install a complete
electric -electronic system of automatic temperature control as specified
herein and as shown on the contract drawings as manufactured and installed
by Johnson Controls. Inc.
a. This specification is intended to cover equipment for the automatic
temperature control of: New A/C Unit.
2. The Automatic Control Contractor shall furnish all labor, materials.
equipment, and services as necessary for the proper installation of a
system of automatic control. The temperature control system shall be
pneumatic as manufactured and installed by Johnson Controls. Inc.
a. This specification is intended to cover equipment for the automatic
temperature control of: Existing HVAC Equipment.
15906 SERVICE AND GUARANTEE:
I. After completion of the installation, the Automatic Control Contractor
shall adjust all thermostats, motors and other equipment provided under
his contract. He shall place them in complete operating condition subject
to the approval of the Engineer. The control system specified herein
shall be free from defects in workmanship and material under normal use
and service. If within twelve (12) months from date of acceptance by the
Architect and/or Engineer any of the equipment herein described is proved
to be defective in workmanship or material, it shall be adjusted,
repaired. or replaced free of charge by the Automatic Control Contractor.
15908 ELECTRIC WIRING:
I. All wiring in connection with the automatic control systems, including
electrical interlock, shall be furnished and installed by the Control
Contractor, except as noted on the electrical drawings. All wiring shall
be run in EMT conduit and comply with NEC.
15912 SUBMITTALS AND INSTRUCTIONS:
1. The Temperature Control Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for
approval the required number of shop drawings of the entire control system
before starting work.
2. On completion of the work. the Temperature Control Contractor shall
instruct the operating personnel in proper operation of this system.
Provide an "as installed" diagrammatic layout of the automatic control
system enclosed in a waterproof plastic envelope and posted where
directed.
8776/Division 15 15/24
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
15800 AIR HANDLING:
15801 SCOPE:
1. Required: All plant. labor, equipment, appliances, materials,
transportation. facilities and services necessary for and/or reasonah1
incidental to the completion of all air handling work, in conformity ait.h
the drawings, the specifications, and the other contract documents.
15816 CENTRIFUGAL EXHAUSTERS:
1. Furnish and install where noted on the plans direct drive or V-belt drive
centrifugal exhaust.ers. Ventilator housings shall be of heavy gauge spun
aluminum construction and shall be weatherproof, incorporating an integral
weather shield. Fan wheels shall be backwardly curbed, non -overloading
centrifugal design that have been statically- and dynamically balanced.
Tip speed, rpm. and motor horsepower shall not. exceed listing in
manufacturer's catalog for unit specified. Fans shall have integral
factory formed base fabricated of the dimensions shown on the drawings.
Housings shall be provided with wiring channel and are to be of the direct.
discharge design. Motor and fan assembly shall be on vibration isolating
mounts. Motors shall be of the electrical characteristics shown. Fans
shall have capacity speed and motor sizes as listed. Each fan shall be
equipped with the following accessories: automatic backdraft damper,
birdscreen. Fans shall be Penn, Carnes, ACME. Greenheck, or Cook.
END OF' SECTION 1580O
8776/Division 15 15/23
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
A. Frame and Casing: The frame shall be welded construction. The casing
shall be of galvanized panels with a baked -on outdoor enamel finish. The
entire bottom of cabinet shall be insulated with 1" thick fiberglass.
5. Air Filters: Cleanable filters shall be furnished. Provide two sets for
each unit.
E%D OF SECTION 15700
8776/Division 15 15/22
Ricks College Plant. Science Basement. Remodel
15700 HEAT TRANSFER:
15701 SCOPE:
1. Required: All plant.. labor. equipment., appliances, materials,
transportation, facilities and service.% necessary for and/or reasonably
incidental to the completion of all heat transfer work, in conformity with
the drawings, the specifications, and the other contract documents.
15705 COOLING COILS:
1. Fins shall be continuous aluminum configurat.ed plate -fin type with full
fin collars for accurate spacing and maximum fin -tube contact.
2. Tubes shall be copper expanded into the fin collars for a permanent
fin -tube bond and expanded into the header for a leak -tight joint, at 250
psig air pressure under water.
3. Headers shall be gray cast iron hydrostatically tested to 400 psi before
assembly.
4. Casings shall be constructed of 16 gauge, continuous coated galvanized
steel with fins recessed into the channels to minimize air bypass. Top
and bottom channels shall have 3/8" holes on 3" centers for mounting
purposes.
5. Testing: All standard coils shall be leak tested at 250 psig air under
water.
6. Coils to be McQuay.
15775 PACKAGED HEATING -COOLING UNIT:
1. General: Furnish and 'install an AGA certified one piece combination
air-to-air DX mechanical cooling system and electric heating system.
complete with automatic controls. The equipment shall be shipped
completely assembled, pre -charged, piped and wired internally ready for
field connections. Units shall be Lennox or approved equal. Provide
factory warranty and factory startup.
2. Cooling System: The coils shall be non-ferrous construction with aluminum
fins mechanically bonded to seamless copper tubes. Condenser coil shall
have sub -cooling rows. The compressor shall be resiliently mounted, have
built-in 3-mode crankshaft lubrication, crankcase heater, discharge
temperature limiter, current and temperature sensing motor overloads. The
cooling system shall be protected by high and low pressure switches and a
5-minute compressor timed off cycle controller.
3. Air Movers: Twin centrifugal conditioned air blowers shall have
permanently lubricated ball bearings, adjustable belt. drive. The
condenser fans shall be direst driven. All motors shall have inherent
protection devices.
8776/Division 15 15/21
Ricks College Plant Science Basement. Remodel
between fixture and floor flange tight with approved fixture setting
compound or gaskets.
4. Polish chrome finish at eornrOetion of project.
5. Caulk between fixtures and wall and floor with white butyl rubber
non -absorbent caulking compound. Point all edges.
6. Install fixtures and fittings as per local codes and manufactUf'e["'S
instructions.
7. Do not use flexible water piping.
115414 FIXTURE SCHEDVLE
1. Furnish and install the necessary plumbing fixtures in quantity as shown
on plans. Fixtures to be American Standard, Crane, or Kohler. Before
fixtures are ordered, the Contractor shall submit a complete list of
plumbing fixtures, giving the catalog number, cut and make. for approval.
Fixtures shall not be ordered until this list is approved. Provide all
necessary valves, cast "P" traps, stops with risers, fittings, and
accessories to make the job complete with the fixtures specified on the
drawings. Exposed stops to be equal to Brasscraft with screwed inlet,.
chrome plated nipples, cross handles and flexible risers.
2. Fixtures shall be Kohler, Crane, American Standard, or an approved equal.
Specialties shall be Zurn, Josam. J. R. Smith, or Wade.
Stainless steel sink manufacturers shall be Elkay or Just.
Drinking fountain manufacturers shall be Elkay, Halsey Taylor. Haws.
Cordley, Sunroc, or Oasis.
3. Provide GSR "Fuseseal" flame retardant acid resisting pipe and fittings -
where shown.
END OF SECTION 15400
8776/Division 15 15/20
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
recess drainage pattern. Traps installed in connection with cast. iron
pipe shall be of the same duality and grade as the pipe. Traps installed
in connection with fixtures shall have a seal of not less than 2" nor more
than d". Exposed traps shall be chrome plated cast. brass or chrome plated
17 gauge tubular type. Provide trap primers as required by Code.
4. Joints: Make joints between cast. iron piping and fittings with oakum
gasket and pig lead. Pour joint full at one pouring and caulk solid.
flush with hub. Tyler "Ty -Seal" gasket. is also acceptable. Make joints
between east iron and steel pipe same as above. but, installing ring or
part of coupling on screwed pipe to form spigot. end. Make screw joints in
steel waste and vent pipe with approved pipe paste and with not more than
three threads exposed at. finish. Tyler "No -Hub" piping may be used above
grade only.
15408 CLEANING SYSTEM:
ThoroughIN clean all equipment, piping and all other material controlled
under this contract, free from rust, scale and other dirt before and
painting or covering is done or the system put in operation.
15410 TESTS:
1. Piping systems shall be subjected to the following tests and no piping
shall be covered or concealed until it has been so tested, inspected and
approved b_ the Architect and any local inspector having jurisdiction.
All piping shall be hydrostatically tested at 50 psi in excess of maximum
working pressures. 100 psi minimum. Plumbing waste and drain piping
shall be tested by filling with water to the top of a 10-foot riser and
left standing for 24 hours without. appreciable drop in water level.
2. When so directed by the Architect and/or Engineer. Contractor shall
conduct an operating test on any piece of equipment to demonstrate its
capacity and/or operating characteristics.
15412 FIXTURE INSTALLATION:
Provide stop valves and 18" minimum air chambers on all water connections
to fixtures. Furnish and install wall carriers for wall mounted fixtures.
wood backing, where necessary, to be installed by General Contractor at.
the direction of' this Contractor. Provide exact locations, including
proper mounting heights, obtained from details on drawings and from
manufacturer's specifications. Provide hudee rims for countertop
installations.
2. Interior exposed pipe, valves, and fixtures trim shall be chrome plated.
3. Complete installation of each fixture including trap and accessories with
accessible stop or control valve in each hot and cold water branch supply
line Make fixture floor connections with approved brand of cast iron
floor flange, soldered or caulked securely to waste pipe. Make joint
8776/Division 15 175/19
Ricks College Plant Science Basement. Remodel
15400 PLUMB I XG :
13402 SCOPE:
Required: All plant., labor, equipment. appliances. materials.
transportation, facilities and services necessary for and/or reasonably
incidental to the completion of all plumbing work, in conformity with the
drawings, the specifications, and the other contract documents, including
but not. necessarily -limited to the following:
a. Complete Domestic Cold Water System
b. Complete Domestic Hot. Water System
c. Complete Drainage System with Proper Connections to all Drains
2. The contractor shall be responsible to verify and/or change the
temperature settings on all water heaters supplied on this project to meet.
the requirements of Life Safety and Health Department. Codes. Any setting
above 120 deg. F. shall require warning labels placed on the outside of
the water heaters in conspicuous places indicating the water temperature
setting and the fact that any temperature above 120 deg. F. may be a
hazard.
15404_ PIPING INSTALLATION:
I. Run main soil pipe and branches to all fixtures. Size piping as shown.
Run piping direct and concealed from view, unless otherwise shown. Grade
horizontal runs 1/4" to the foot. minimum. Provide sufficient drains to
draw water from entire domestic water system and sections thereof where
cutoffs are shown. Furnish and install complete hot and/or cold water to
all fixtures as shown on drawings. Run lines parallel to each other and
parallel with the lines of the building. Cut pipes accurately to required
measurements and work into place without springing or forcing. Provide
for expansion and contraction of piping. Paint exposed threads on
underground piping one coat asphaltum varnish.
15406 MATERIALS:
I. Cleanouts: Provide and set full size cleanout.s at foot of each riser. and
ends of branches from toilets, at: points where a change of direction
occurs, on exposed and accessible traps, at points where required to
remove rust accumulation or other obstructions and as shown on plans. Set
screw cap in cleanout with graphite paste. Cleanouts in floors shall be
flush using Zurn. Josam, or Wade floor level cleanout fittings. Location
of all cleanout.s subject to approval of inspector.
2. Vents: Vent lines shall follow soil and waste lines connecting with them
above highest fixtures with proper fittings. Carry vents through the roof
as shown. 14" minimum heights above roof. Bring together in one stack
through roof wherever possible.
3. Traps: Install "P" traps in branch lines from floor drains or where
required. Traps installed in connection with threaded pipe shall be
8776/Division 15 15/18
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
etc. provided, however. this Contractor shall furnish to the General
Contractor full information as to locations, dimensions, etc., of such
chases and openings, including the provision and proper setting of all
sleeves and other equipment in advance of construction of the work so as
to cause no delay in the work.
Should any cutting of walls. floors, ceilings. partitions, etc., be
required for proper installation of the work or apparatus of this
Contractor due to his failure in giving the General Contractor the proper
information at the time required. such cutting shall he done at his own
expense and in a manner acceptable to the Architect. -Engineer. All
drilling and patching for anchor bolts. hangers, and other supports shall
he subject to the approval of the Architect -Engineer.
All portions of the system shall he hydrostatically tested. Flushing of
underground piping shall be done in accord with National Fire Protection
Association Pamphlet No. 13. On completion of the work, the system shall
be tested by full flow. Each control valve for each sprinkler system
shall he tested by use of an inspector's test valve or the application of
heat to the sprinkler head most remote from the valve. All alarms and
other devices shall be tested. All appliances and equipment for testing
shall be furnished by the Contractor and all expenses, except for water
and electricity used in connection with the tests, shall be defrayed &
him. On completion of the tests by the Contractor, any defects detected
shall be corrected by the Contractor at his own expense and additional
tests made until the systems are proved satisfactory. The Contractor
shall submit to the Architect. -Engineer a certificate covering materials
and tests, similar to that specified in National Fire Protection Pamphlet.
No. 13 with a request for formal inspection, at least, two working days
prior to the date of inspection. At this inspection, any or all of the
required tests shall be repeated as directed b. the Architect --Engineer.
15308 PIPE SIZING:
1. This Contractor shall be required to size all piping for this project in
accordance with the requirements of Chapter 7 of the National Fire
Protection Association Pamphlet No. 13 for Hydraulically Designed
Sprinkler Systems.
END OF SECTION 15300
8776/Division 15 15/17
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
sprinklers must be spaced equally with lights and ceiling diffusers. do
fabrication of piping shall he done until the piping drawings are accepted
by the Mechanical Engineer and the Rating Bureau.
4. Materials and Componont.s:
Sprinkler Heads: Sprinkler head orifice sizes shall be in accordance with
NF1'A No. 13. Any change in spacing must- be in straight rows with lights
and walls. Sprinkler heads shall be automatic and of the conventional
(spray) type and shall be approved by a nationally recognized testing;
laboratory. Each head shall have an orifice of nominal 1/2" diameter.
The sprinkler heads shall he of the pendant, type where installed above a
hung ceiling.
5. Interior Piping Valves and Fittings:
Sprinkler and standpipe piping shall be standard weight black steel pipe.
Fittings shall be cast iron, black. screwed, except where flange fittings
are required. Flanged fittings shall be 150 pound class American
Standard. All exposed sprinkler piping shall he thoroughly cleaned and
given one shop coat of prime coat paint. by Contractor.
All pipe hangers and hanger spacings shall be in strict accordance with
NFPA Pamphlet No. 13.
6. Valve Signs: Properly lettered approved metal signs shall be attached to
each control valve.
7. Sleeves and Floor, Wall and Ceiling Escutcheon Plates: Provide for all
sprinkler and standpipe piping passing thru floors, walls, and ceilings
approved type one-piece or split -type escutcheon plates. Plates shall abe
securely anchored in place with set, screws or other approved positive
means.
8. Insta11ation:
All work shall be executed and inspected in accord with all laws,
ordinances, rules and regulations of local authorities having jurisdiction
over such work. The Contractor shall obtain all permits and pay all fees
in connection herewith where required. Should any change in the drawings
or specifications be required to conform to these ordinances, the
Contractor shall notify the Architect -Engineer at the time of submitting
his bid. After entering into the contract. Contractor will be held to
complete: all necessary work to meet local requirements without, expense to
the Owner.
The sprinkler system shall be installed such that spacing of the sprinkler
heads in relation to the ceiling shall not exceed that permitted for the
type of ceiling construction involved.
The General Contractor is required under contract stipulations to leave
all chases and openings in walls, floors, ceilings, partitions and beams,
8776/Division 15 15/16
Ricks College Plant Science Basement. Remodel
15300 FIRE. PROTECTION:
15302 WORK INCLUDED:
This section consists of furnishing all labor, equipment, appliances, and
materials and in performing all operations in connection with the
installation of fire protection systems. The work shall include, but. is
not necessarily limited to. the following systems:
Extension of Existing Wet. Pipe Automatic Sprinkling System as required for
new remodeling work in Basement and Lobby of First. Floor
15304 APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES:
1. The following form a part of this specification:
National Fire Protection Association Pamphlets: Standards of the National
Fire Protection Association for the Installation of Sprinkler and Fire
Protection Equipment.
Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. Publications: List of Inspected Fire
Protection Equipment. and Materials.
Applicable state and local codes and ordinances pertaining to fire
protection systems and equipment..
15306 SPRINKLER SYSTEM, WET PIPE:
General: Furnish and install a complete wet pipe sprinkler system as
herein described. All work and materials shall conform with the
requirements of Pamphlet No. 13 of the National Fire Protection
Association and as approved over this geographical area.
2. It shall be the responsibility of the Fire Sprinkler Contractor to verify
the adequacy of the water service to the building. He shall also check
with the Fire Rating Bureau to determine the requirements of fire
hydrants, fire department connections, test connections and exterior and
interior piping, water storage and supply, spacing of heads, need for
pumps, secondary power source, pump house, and rating of the building.
Any and all requirements of the Rating Bureau shall be included as a part.
of this contract.
3. Shop Drawings: Shop drawings shall be submitted as required by the
Mechanical General Conditions. This Contractor shall submit complete
layouts to underwriters having jurisdiction for approval, prior to
submission to Architect. Particular attention shall be paid in the layout
to the coordination of the sprinkler piping and the structural system of
beams. Notations shall be made on the shop drawings where pipes are
required to pass thru beams. Wall sprinkler shall be used in ramp areas
where headroom is at a minimum and shall be arranged so as not to conflict.
with egress and door swings. Careful coordination shall be given to avoid
changing ceiling lighting systems as shown on the drawings. All the
8776/Division 15 15/15
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
Finish all fittings and valves with 4 oz. canvas and coat with vapor
barrier adhesive unless using Zeston covers.
15273 PREMOLDED ONE PIECE PVC FITTINGS:
1. Premolded one piece PVC insulated fittings may be utilized in accordance
with the following specifications.
2. General: Where the -factory Premolded one piece PVC insulating fitting
covers are to be used, the proper factory precut. Hi-Lo Temp insulation
shall be applied to the fitting. The ends of the Hi-Lo Temp insulation
shall be tucked snugly into the throat of the fitting and the edges
adjacent to the pipe covering tufted and tucked in, fully insulate the
pipe fittings. The one piece PVC fitting cover is then secured by
stapling, tack fastening. banding or taping the ends to the adjacent pipe
covering. Fittings shall be UL rated 25/50 PVC.
3. Cold: Chilled water systems shall be insulated as above and have all seam
edges of cover sealed with Zeston's vapor barrier adhesive or equal. The
circumferential edges of cover shall he wrapped with 7eston's vapor
barrier pressure sensitive color matched Z tape. The tape shall extend
over the adjacent pipe insulation and have an overlap on itself at least
2" on the downward side.
4. Hot.: On fittings where temperature exceeds 250 degrees F., two layers of
the factory precut Hi-Lo Temp insulation inserts shall be applied with a
few wrappings of twine on first layer, to be sure there are no voids or
hot spots. The fitting cover shall then be applied over the Hi-Lo Temp
insulation as described alcove in "General."
15278 _ REMOVABLE PRE -MOLDED INSULATION COVERS:
1. Furnish and install Busse Type removable ABS pre -molded Universal
"Retrofit -All" insulation covers on steam traps, strainers, orifices,
check valves, wyes, cross tees, and other similar type valves. The
"Retrofit -All" insulated covers shall be ABS plastic molded two piece
boxes with inner preformed section of insulation. The insulation shall be
heavy density fiberglass applicable for standard service temperatures from
-60 deg. F. to 650 deg. F. to 1000 deg. F. Insulation lines, when tested
in accordance with UL 723 and ASTM E84. shall not exceed 25/50 rating.
ABS cover shall not support. combustion.
END OF SECTION 15250
8776/Division 15 15/14
Ricks College Plant. Science Basement Remodel
15269 STEAM SUPPLY AND CONDENSATE RETURN PIPING:
1. Scope: Insulate piping mains. branches, risers, fittings, valves, pump
bodies and flanges. Use 6 Ib./cu.ft. density fiberglass with fire
retardant vapor barrier jacket with self-sealing laps. Thickness shall be
1 1/2" on steam and 1" on condensate return lines. Approved manufacturers
are Owens-Corning fiberglass heavy density with ASJ-SSL jacket, and equals
b, Johns -Manville or CSG. Use Zeston covers for valves and fittings.
2. Pipes: Install in accordance with manufacturer's direction on clean dry
pipes. Butt joints firmly together. Seal barrier longit-udinaI seam
overlap with vapor barrier adhesive. Wrap butt joints with 4" strip of
vapor barrier jacket material cemented with vapor barrier adhesive.
Finish with bands applied at mid -section and at each end of insulation.
3. Valves & Fittings: Insulate and finish by one of the following methods:
a. With hydraulic setting insulating cement, or equal, to a thickness
equal to adjoining pipe insulation.
b. With segments of molded insulation securely wired in place.
c. With prefabricated covers made from molded pipe insulation finished
with vapor barrier adhesive.
d. With Zeston covers.
Finish all fittings and valves with 4 oz. canvas and coat with vapor
barrier adhesive unless using Zeston covers.
15271 CHILLED SUPPLY AND RETURN PIPING:
1. Scope: Insulate piping mains, branches, risers, fittings, valves. pump
bodies and flanges. Ise 6 lb./cu.ft. density fiberglass with fire
retardant vapor barrier jacket with self-sealing laps, Thickness shall be
1 112". Approved manufacturers are Owens-Corning fiberglass heavy density
with ASJ-SSL jacket., and equals by Johns -Manville or CSG. Use Zeston
covers for valves and fittings.
2. Pipes: Install in accordance with manufacturer's direction on clean dry
pipes. Butt joints firmly together. Seal barrier longitudinal seam
overlap with vapor barrier adhesive. Wrap butt joints with 4" strip of'
vapor barrier jacket material cemented with vapor barrier adhesive.
Finish with bands applied at mid -section and at each end of insulation.
3. Valves & Fittings: Insulate and finish by one of the following methods:
a. With hydraulic setting insulating cement, or equal, to a thickness
equal to adjoining pipe insulation.
b. With segments of molded insulation securely wired in place.
c. With prefabricated covers made from molded pipe insulation finished
with vapor barrier adhesive.
d. With Zeston covers.
8776/Division 15 15/13
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
115250 —MCHANICAL INSULATIOt
15252 WORK INCLUDED:
The installation, shall consist of all insulation work. in conformity with
the drawings, the specifications. and other contract documents including,
but not limited to, the following:
Cold Water Piping Insulation
Hot Water Piping Insulation (Domestic)
Chilled Water Cooling
Steam Piping Insulation
15255 GENERAL RE UIREMEkl'S:
I. All insulation shall have composite (insulation. jacket or facing and
adhesive used to adhere the facing or jacket to the insulation) fire and
smoke hazard ratings as tested by Procedure ASTM E-84. NFPA 255 and lL 723
not exceeding: Flame Spread of 25 and Smoke Developed of 50.
2. Accessories, such as adhesives. mastics, cements, and tapes, for fittings
shall have the same component ratings as listed above. All products, or
their shipping cartons, shall bear a label indicating that flame and smoke
ratings do not exceed above requirements. Any treatment of jacket or
facings to impart flame and smoke safety shall be permanent. The use of
water-soluble treatments is prohibited. The Insulation Contractor shall
certify in writing, prior to installation. that all products to be used
will meet the above criteria.
15261 DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER LINES:
1. Scope: Includes insulating of above ground hot and cold water lines.
fittings, valves, pump bodies, and flanges.
2. Insulation: Shall be 1" thick snap --on glass fiber pipe insulation. heave
density pipe insulation with factory- vapor jacket equal to Fiberglass ASJ
may be used. Approved manufacturers are CSG, Johns -Manville,
Owens-Corning, and Knauf.
3. Apply insulation to clean, dry piping with joints tightly butted. Adhere
"factory- applied vapor barrier jacket lap" smoothly and securely at.
longitudinal laps with a white vapor barrier adhesive. Adhere 3" wide
self --sealing butt, joint strips over end joints.
4. Insulate fittings with same type and thickness of insulation as pipe. with
ends of insulation tucked snugly into throat of fitting and edges adjacent.
to pipe insulation tufted and tucked in. Cover insulation with one piece
"Zeston" PVC fitting cover secured by stapling or taping ends to adjacent.
pipe covering. ALTERNATE METHOD: Insulate fittings with 1" of insulating
cement, and vapor seal with 2 1/8" wet coats of vapor barrier mastic
reinforced with glass fabric extending 2" onto adjacent insulation.
8776/Division 15 15/12
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
5. The scope of this work also includes the re -balancing of the 8-zone
multizone unit serving the 1977 addition to the Plant. Science Building.
All diffusers (approx. 25) shall be re -balanced to the original design.
Sheet M-5 of the original plans will be available from Ricks College for
this work.
15120 MECHANICAL PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION:
1. General: This section is subject to the General Conditions of the
contract, to the General Mechanical requirements, and relates to other
sections of these specifications.
2. Scone of the Work: The intent of these specifications is to furnish a
mechanical system which is clean, orderly, and identifiable throughout..
Primary painting of walls, ceilings, ductwork, piping and plenums is
covered in the general painting section of these specifications. This
Contractor shall color code and identify piping and label and identify
mechanical equipment, components, etc. The Mechanical Contractor shall
touch up all equipment where the factory paint has been damaged. Repaint
entire item where more than 20 percent of the surface is involved.
3. Description of Work: After painting is completed, do the following:
Coded Bands: using colored bands and arrows to indicate supply and
return, with colored reflective tape by Seaton or equal, color code
all piping installed in this contract at, not more than 20-foot
intervals, at equipment., at walls, etc. in accordance with ANSI
Standards.
4. Pipe Identification: In addition to the colored bands. stencil with black
paint in 1/2" high letters a symbol and directional arrow for all fluids
handled or use Seaton coded and colored pipe markers and arrows to meet.
ANSI Standards.
5. Equipment Identification: Provide an engraved plastic plate for each
piece of equipment stating the name of the item, symbol number, and area
served. Label all control components with plastic embossed stick -on
labels (Dymo). Sample:
Supply Fan - North Classrooms
6. Valve Identification: Make a list of and tag all valves installed in this
work. Valve tags shall be of brass, not less than 142- size, hung with
brass chains. Tag shall indicate plumbing or heating service.
END OF SECTION 15100
8776/Division 15 15/11
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
Owner, all air handling systems and appurtenances applicable to the above
system shall be adjusted and balanced to deliver the air quantities as
specified. indicated on the drawings. or as directed.
2. This Mechanical Contractor shall procure the services of an independent.
agency operating under the direction of a registered professional engineer
and specializing in the testing and balancing of air systems to perform
the balance herein specified. The selection of the independent. agency
shall be submitted to the Architect for approval. Instruments required
for this air balance shall have been calibrated within a period of six
months prior to balancing. Types, serial numbers, and dates of
calibration of all instruments shall be listed in the final air balance
reports hereafter specified.
3. Method of Balancing and Testing:
Air Measurements: Air quantity measurements in main and branch ducts
shall be performed by pitot tube traverse of the entire cross sectional
area of the duct. Ducts having velocities of 1000 or more feet. per minute
shall be measured by inclined manometers (draft gage) or magnehelic
gages. Air measurements required for ducts having velocities of less than►
1000 feet per minute shall be performed with micromanometers, hook gage,
or similar low pressure instruments. Openings in ducts for pitot tube
insertion shall be sealed with snap -in plugs after air balance is
complete. Outlet. and inlet air quantities shall be determined by direct.
reading velocity meters in accordance with outlet and inlet manufacturer's
recommendations.
Air Quantity Adjustments: Total air quantities shall be obtained b�,
adjustment of fan speeds. Branch duct air quantities shall be adjusted by
volume or splitter dampers. Dampers shall be permanently marked after air
balance is complete so that. they can be restored to their correct position
if disturbed at any time.
Volume Adjusters may be used to balance air quantities at outlets and
inlets, providing final adjustments do not produce sound levels in excess
of heretofore specified limits, or objectionable drafts. Air quantity
adjustments by outlet deflectors, grids, or air scoops will not be
permitted.
Replacement of adjustable pulleys and addition of balancing dampers or
pressure taps required to effect proper air balance shall be furnished and
installed by this Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. If
requested, the air• balance agency shall conduct any or all of the above
field tests in the presence of the Architects representative.
4. Reports: The air balance agency shall record and submit to this
Contractor, for forwarding to the Architect for evaluation and approval,
four copies of the complete air balance report certified by a registered
professional engineer.
8776/Division 15 15/10
Ricks College Plant Science Basement. Remodel
15100 _ BALANCING.. M&O MANUALS, AND I DE I 1 F I C;AT 1 ON :
15102 SCOPE:
1. This work shall include the final adjustment. balancing. and
identification of all mechanical systems. The work of this section shall
include but not be limited to the following:
a. Final testing acid balancing of all mechanical systems.
b. Prepare three copies of a mechanical Maintenance and Operation Manual.
C. Identification of mechanical piping, valves. ductwork, and equipment.
15107 MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION MANUALS:
The Mechanical Contractor shall prepare three copies of an Operation and
Maintenance Manual for all mechanical equipment used in this project..
2. The manuals shall be bound in hard -backed binders and the front cover and
spine of each binder shall indicate the name and location of the project.
The following items shall be included in the manual, with any other
pertinent data. This list is not complete and is to be used as a guide:
a. Provide a master index; at the beginning of the manual showing all
items included. Use plastic tab indexes for all sections.
Provide a section for each different type of item of equipment.
b. The first section of the manual shall consist of names. addresses. and
telephone numbers of the Architect,. Mechanical Engineer. Electrical
Engineer, General Contractor. Plumbing Contractor, Sheet. Metal
Contractor, and Temperature Control Contractor. Provide a List of
Suppliers which shall include a complete list of each piece of
equipment used with the name, address, and telephone number of vendor.
Include a Description of Systems indicating the location of all major
equipment and describing the various mechanical systems and the
operation and control of these systems, and a suggested maintenance
schedule.
C. Copy of approved submittal literature for each piece of equipment.
d. Maintenance and operation literature published by the manufacturer for
each piece of equipment which includes: oiling, lubrication and
greasing data; belt, sizes, types and lengths: wiring diagrams;
step-by-step procedure to follow in putting each piece of mechanical
equipment in operation.
e. Parts numbers of all replaceable items.
f. Control diagram and operation sequence, along with labeling of
control piping and instruments to match diagram.
g. Valve chart indicating location on job.
h. Contractor's written guarantee.
K Air balance and/or water balance reports.
15110 AIR FLOW BALANCE AND TEST:
1. Scone: After completion of the installation of the air conditioning.
heating, ventilating and exhaust systems, and prior to acceptance by the
8776/Division 15 15/9
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
7. Operation Test: At completion, Contractor shall operate the system for a
period of at least two days of eight hours each to demonstrate fulfillment.
of the requirements of the contract.. During this time. all adjustments
shall be made to the equipment so that it is in first-class operating
condition. The dampers in all ductwork shall be adjusted so that all
outlets handle their proper amount of air. The entire system is to he
leftin operating condition acceptable to the architect..
15083_ ADDITIONAL WORK
I. Design is based on equipment as described in the drawing equipment.
schedule. And change in toundation bases, electrical wiring. conduit
connections, piping, controls and openings required by alternate equipment.
spec iIied and submitted and approved shall be paid for by this section.
All work shall be in accordance with the requirements of the applicable
sections.
END OF SECTION 15050
8776/Division 15 1D/8
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
2. Cleaning Equipment. and Premises: Thoroughly clean all parts of the
apparatus and equipment.. Exposed parts which are to be painted shall be
thoroughly cleaned of cement. plaster and other materials and all oil and
grease spots shall be removed. Such surfaces shall be carefully wiped and
all cracks and corners scraped out. Exposed metal work shall be carefully
brushed down with steel brushes to remove rust. and other spots and left.
smooth and clean. Trap elements shall be removed during cleaning and
flushing period. after which they shall be replaced and adjusted.
3. Operating Instructions and Service Manual: The Mechanical Contractor
shall prepare three copies of an Operation and Maintenance i"Janual for all
mechanical systems and equipment used in this project. These manuals
shall be considered a part of the final inspection and shall be submitted
for approval at least 30 days in advance of request for final inspection.
After, approval of a copy of the. manual by the Architect. the manuals shall
be furnished to the Owner for distribution.
4. Tests and Adjustments: No piping work, fixtures, or equipment shall be
concealed or covered until they have been inspected and approved by the
inspector, who shall be notified when the work is ready for inspection.
All work shall be completely installed, tested as required by this section
and the city and county ordinances. and shall be leak --tight before the
inspection is requested. All tests shall be repeated to the satisfaction
of those making the inspections. All water piping shall be flushed out..
tested at 100 psi and shall be left under pressure of supply main or a
minimum of 40 psi for the balance of the construction period.
5. Drawings of Record: Two complete sets of blue line mechanical drawings
will be provided for the purpose of showing a complete picture of the work
as actually installed. These drawings shall serve as work progress report
sheets and the Contractor shall make all notations neat and legible
therein daily as the work proceeds. The drawings shall be kept at the job
at a location designated by the Mechanical Engineer. At completion of the
work, these "as -built" drawings shall be signed by the Contractor, dated.
and returned to the Architect.
6. Guarantee: All work under this section shall be guaranteed by this
Contractor to be free from inherent defects for a period of one year from
acceptance. The Contractor shall repair, revise or replace any and all
such leaks. failure or inoperativeness due to defective work, materials,
or parts free of charge for a period of one year from final acceptance,
provided such defect is not, due to carelessness in operation or
maintenance. In addition, the Contractor shall furnish all refrigeration
emergency repairs, emergency service and all refrigerant required due to
defective workmanship, materials, or parts for a period of one year from
final acceptance at no cost to the Owner, provided such repairs, service
and refrigerant are not caused by lack of proper operation and
maintenance. This Contractor shall submit a letter containing these
guarantees, with blanks for date of acceptance and date of expiration of
guarantees, as part of the final inspection packet.
8776/Division 15 15/7
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
Butterfly Valves:
2" and smaller shall be Milwaukee BB2-100. bronze body, 3505 WOG,
stainless steel disc and stem. viton seal. )eves handle.
2 1/2" and larger shall be Milwaukee ML-223-E, lug wafer type, iron
body. 2004 WOG with aluminum -bronze disc, 416 S.S. stern. EPDM liner
and multi -lock lever.
Note: Butterfly valves may be used in lieu of gate. globe. and ball
valves where temperature and pressure allow.
4. Hangers. Supports and Anchors: Grinnell and Fee/Mason
General: Support components shall conform to Manufacturer's Stand-
ardization Society Specification SP-58.
Horizontal Piping Installation: Hangers shall adequately support the
piping system. They shall be located near or at changes in piping
direction and concentrated loads. They shall provide vertical adjustment
to maintain pitch required for proper drainage. They shall allow for
expansion and contraction of the piping. Use Grinnell Fig. 282 concrete
inserts or Fig. 163 pipe hanger flange.
Intermediate Attachments: Continuous threaded rod may be used wherever
possible. No chain, wire. or perforated strap shall be used.
Pipe Attachments: For steel pipe with 1" or less of insulation, use
Grinnell Fig. 108 ring and Fig. 114 turnbuckle adjuster or equal.
For cast iron pipe, use Grinnell Fig. 260 clevis hanger or equal.
For vertical pipe, use Grinnell Fig. 261 or equal.
5. Pipe Sleeves and Inserts: Furnish and install pipe sleeves of either
steel or heavy steel metal of the telescoping type of a size to
accommodate pipe and covering wherever it passes through floors, walls, or
ceilings, and such sleeves should be set before concrete is poured or
floors finished. Inserts for units should be placed in the concrete or
masonry during construction to avoid cutting of finished work. When and
if this becomes necessary. it must be done in accordance with the cutting
and patching specifications.
6. Floor and Ceiling Plates: Furnish and install an approved type brass
chrome plated ceiling and floor plate on all pipes passing through floors.
partitions, and ceilings.
15081 REQUIREMENTS FOR FINAL INSPECTION:
I. All of the following items must be completed prior to final inspection.
No exceptions will be made and no final payment will be made until all
items are completed.
8776/Division 15 15/6
Ricks College Plant Science Basement: Remodel
oil applied to male threads only in making up all pipe joint. fittings.
Fittings shall be standard weight 300 1 b . malleable iron screwed pa t t,c,rn
up to 2 1/2". Piping over 2 1/2" shall be welded with full weld fittings.
Victaulic couplings and fittings may be used in lieu of welded, flanged or
threaded connections on chilled water, condenser water and hot water
heating systems. Grade "E" gaskets shall be used up to a maximum
operating temperature of 230 deg. F. Where Victaulic couplings and
fittings are used. Victaulic Services 700 and 701 butterfly valves may
also be used. All pipe grooving and installation shall be in accordance
with manufacturer's latest, recommendations.
Condensate Drain Piping: Type —1" copper with sweat fittings or Schedule
40 galvanized steel pipe and fittings.
2. Unions and Connections: Install malleable ground joint unions in hot and
cold water piping throughout the system so that any portion can be taken
down for repairs or inspections without injury to same or covering.
Running threads or, lotig screws will not be permitted in jointing arty
pipe. Provide dielectric unions between ferrous and non-ferrous metals.
3. Valves: Crane, Nibco, Jenkins, Stockham or Milwaukee
Valves used for cutoff service shall be gate valves equal to the following
Milwaukee plate numbers:
lip to 2" inclusive ------------------------- No . 148
2 1/2" and larger ------------------------- No. F-2885
Valves used in bypasses and for throttling service shall he globe valves:
Up to 2" inclusive-. ------------------------ No. 590
2 1/2" and larger ------------------------- No. 359
Check Valves:
Up to 2" inclusive -------------------------- No. 509
2 1/2" and larger ------------------------ No. F-2974
Stop and Waste Cocks:
No. F-2885 with 3/4" No. 105 gate valve tapped into pipe on
outlet side of main valve.
Ball Valves:
2" and smaller for domestic water service shall be Milwaukee BA--100.
bronze, screwed. 600Z WOG ball valve with Teflon seats.
2" and smaller for heating hot water service shall be Milwaukee BA-
100, bronze, screwed, 600s? WOG ball valve with Teflon seats.
8776/Division 15 15/5
Ricks College Plant, Science Basement Remodel
1.5071 __- coo 1'ER. 1 10\
I. Cooperate with other crafts in the coordination of work. Promptly respond
when notified that construction is ready for the installation of work
under this section. Contractor will be held responsible for any delays
which might, be caused by his negligence or failure to cooperate with the
other Contractors or crafts.
15073_ SUPERV I S 101
1. The Contractor shall have a competent superintendent in charge of the work
at all times. Anyone found incompetent shall be removed at once and
replaced by someone satisfactory, when requested by the Architect.
1o075 PAINTING:
1. See General Specifications.
15077 MATERIALS SCHENLE :
1. Pipe and Fittings: All piping shall be made in the USA.
Waste and Vent - (within building) above grade. 2" or less - Schedule 40
galvanized steel pipe with 125 lb. galvanized cast iron fittings.
Waste and Vent. - (within building) 2 1/2" or larger or below grade -
Standard weight hub and spigot cast iron soil pipe with standard weight.
cast iron fittings. All soil pipe and fittings shall bear the seal of the
Cast Iron Institute.
Acid Resistant. Soil Pipe: Designated AR shall be corrosion acid resisting
Pyrex glass and fittings or GSR Yuseal" polypropylene.
Exposed waste, vent and water piping connections to fixtures shall be
chrome plated.
Potable Hot and Cold Water Piping: Above slab shall be Type "L" copper
tubing with wrought copper solder fittings. Solder with Silvaloy,
Streamline 122, Phos-Copper or approved equal 95/5 solder.
Steam Supply Piping and Chilled Water Piping: Schedule 40-A-120 black
steel piping. Ends of all pipe shall be reamed out before being made up
into fittings. Use graphite and oil applied to male threads only in
making all pipe joint fittings. Fittings shall be standard weight. 150
lb. malleable iron screwed pattern up to 2 1/2". Piping over 2 1/2" shall
be welded with full weld fittings.
High Pressure Steam Piping: Schedule 40-A-53 grade B black steel pipe
with 300 pound fittings.
Condensate Piping: Schedule 80 black steel piping. Ends of all pipe
shall be reamed out before being made up into fittings. Use graphite and
8776/Division 15 15/4
Ricks College Plant. Science Basement. Remodel
relays, push buttons and pilot. light.s. thermal overload switches,
connections of line and control conductors for motors, etc., shall be.
supplied, installed and connected Ity the Electrical Contractor as
specified under- the electrical section of the specifications.
2. where motor starters, relays and controls, etc., are factory assembled
into packaged units, they shall be furnished by the Mechanical Contractor
under this section of the specifications.
3. Pressure switches, valves, float, switches. et.c.. will be supplied and
installed by the Mechanical Contractor under this section of the
specifications and connected by the Electrical Contractor. This
Contractor shall furnish the Electrical Contractor with the necessary
wiring diagrams for this equipment.
15065 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL:
1. Excavation: The Contractor shall do all necessary excavation of wl►atever
substance encountered for proper laying of all equipment. Excavated
materials not required for fill shall be removed from the site as directed
by the Engineer. Excess excavation below required level shall be.
backfilled at the Contractor's expense with earth, sand, or gravel as
directed by the Engineer and thoroughly tamped. Ground adjacent to all
excavations shall be graded to prevent. water running in.
2. Backfilling: The Contractor shall do all backfilling of trenches.
allowing for settlement. Backfill shall be mechanically compacted to same
density as surrounding undisturbed earth. Cinders shall not be used in
backfilling where steel or iron pipe is used. No backfilling shall be
done until installation has been approved by the Engineer.
15067 STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF MATERIALS:
Provide own storage space for storage of materials and assume complete
responsibility for, losses due to any cause whatsoever. Storage shall not
interfere with traffic conditions in any public thoroughfare.
2. Protect completed work, work underway, and materials against loss or
damage.
3. Close pipe openings with caps or plugs during installation. Cover
fixtures and equipment; and protect against dirt., or injury caused by
water, chemical, or mechanical accident.
15069 CUTTING AND PATCHING:
1. All necessary cutting and patching of walls, floors, partitions, ceilings,
etc., as required for the proper installation of the work under the
contract. shall be done at the expense of this Contractor. No joists.
beams. girders, or columns shall be cut by any Contractor without
obtaining written permission from the Architect.
8776/Division 15 15/3
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
opening. A schedule showing make, type, manufacturer's name and trade
designation of all materials and equipment proposed as a substitution
shall be submitted. together, with a single copy- of the manufacturer's
complete specification. A list of approved substitutions will be
published as an addendum.
3. Within thirty days after award of contract, this Contractor shall submit.
ten (10) sets of submittals showing make. type, manufacturer's name and
trade designation of -all materials and equipment he proposes to use and
furnish. This submittal shall be accompanied by the manufacturer's
complete specification (ten copies) for equipment items or materials
used. Give complete information as to capacities. ratings. kind of
material used. finish. guarantee, etc., and such dimensions as are
necessary to check space requirements. when approved. such submittal and
drawings shall be an addition to these specifications and shall be in
equal force in that no variation shall be permitted. The Architect is to
be the sole judge as to the quality of any material offered as an equal.
15057 MECHA\ 1 CAL DRAW 1 NGS :
The mechanical drawings do not attempt to show complete details of the
building construction which affect the mechanical installation. This
Contractor shall refer to the architectural. structural, and electrical
drawings for additional building detail which affect installation of his
work.
2. Diagrams showing piping and/or duct connections are diagrammatic only and
do not, attempt to show exact details. No extra payments will be allowed
where piping and/or ductwork must. be offset. to avoid other work or where
minor changes are necessary to facilitate installation.
3. Everything shown on the mechanical drawings shall be the responsibility of
the Mechanical Contractor unless specifically noted otherwise.
15059 FIELD MEASUREMENTS:
1. Verify all measurements at the building and become fully acquainted with
the existing conditions before beginning work.
15061 CODES, INSPECTIONS AND PERMITS:
1. Work shall be executed and inspected in accordance with local codes and
ordinances. Permits, fees, or charges for inspection or other services
shall be paid for by this Contractor. Local codes and ordinances are to
be considered as minimum requirements and must. be properly executed
without expense to Owner, but do not relieve the Contractor from work
shown that. exceeds minimum requirements.
15063 ELECTRICAL WORK:
1. Provide and install electrical motors required for equipment specified in
this section of the specifications. Motor disconnects. motor starters.
8776/Division 15 15/2
Ricks College Plant Science Basement. Remodel
15000 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL:
15050 MECHANICAL GENERAL REQ1.IREMENTS:
15051 SCOPE:
1. The General Conditions are a part of this section.
2. Required: All plant,. labor, equipment, appliances, materials,
transportation, facilities, and services necessary for and/or reasonably
incidental to the completion of all mechanical work. in conformity with
the drawings, the specifications. and the other contract documents,
including but: not necessarily limited to the following:
15100 BALANCING. M&O MANUALS, AND IDENTIFICATION
15250 MECHANICAL INSULATION
15300 FIRE PROTECTION
15400 PLUMBING
15700 HEAT TRANSFER
15800 AIR HANDLING
15850 AIR DISTRIBUTION
15900 TEMPERATURE CONTROLS
15053 APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS:
1. Specifications, standards, and publications referenced hereafter shall l.-te
of the issues in effect on date of Advertisement for Bid.
Applicable city and/or state plumbing laws and regulations.
"Heating. Ventilating and Air Conditioning Guide" published by the
American Society of Heating and Air Conditioning Engineers.
"Engineering Standards" published by the Heating, Piping, and Air
Conditioning Contractors National Association.
"Uniform Building Code". "uniform Mechanical Code". "uniform Plumbing
Code" and "Uniform Fire Code" as published by the International Conference
of Building Officials.
"National Electrical Code" as published b� the National Fire Protection
Association.
15055 SUBSTITUTIONS:
1. By specific designation and description, standards are established for
specialties and equipment.
2. Other makes of specialties and equipment. of equal quality will be
considered provided such proposed substitutions are submitted to the
Architect for his approval at least five working days prior to bid
8776/Division 15 1�/l
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
15700
HEAT TRANSFER: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . 15/21
15701
SCOPE: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . 15/21
15705
COOLING COILS: . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . 15 / 21
15775
PACKAGED HEATING --COOLING UNIT: . . . . . .
. . . . 15/21
15800
AIR HANDLING: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . 15/23
15801
SCOPE' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . 15!''"
15816
CENTRIFUGAL EXHAI-STERS: . . . . . . . . .
. . . . 15/23
15900
TF.MPERATIRE CONTROLS: . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . 15/24
15902
WORK INCLUDED: . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
1590E,
SERVICE AND Gl "ARANTEE : . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
15908
ELECTR 1 C: W I R I NG : . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . .
15912
Sl :B"11 TTALS .A\D I NSTRLiCT I ONS : . . . . . . .
. . . .
15922
AIR PIPING SYSTEM: . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . 15/25
15924
CONTROL COMPONENTS: (PNEU%1A'1' 1 C) . . . . .
. . . . 15/25
15920
CONTROL COMPONENTS: (ELECTRIC) . . . . .
. . . . 15/25
15928
DESCRIPTION OF SYSTEM: . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . 1.=,/2t,
15930
SEQ1FENCE OF CONTROLS: . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . 15/26
8776/Division 15 Index/2
Ricks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
15000 DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15111
15050
MECHAN I CAI. GENERAL REQI' I REMENTS : . . . . . . . . . .
. 15 / 1
15051
SCOPE . . . .
15/115053
APPLA CABL.E SPEC 1 F I CATIONS : . . . . . . . . . . .
. I J / _i
15055
SUBSTITUTIONS: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15/1
15057
MECHANICAI_ DRAWINGS: . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15/2
15059
FIELD MEASUREMENTS:
15/2
15061
CODES, INSPECTIONS AND PERMITS: . . . . . . . .
. 15/2
15063
ELECTRICAL WORK: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15/2
15065
EXCAVATION AND BACKF 111: . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15/3
15067
STORAGE AND PROTECTION OF' MATERIALS: . . . . . .
. 15/3
15069
CUTTING AND PATCHING: . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 1-5/3
15071
COOPERATION: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15/4
15073
SI PERV I S l O\ : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15 / -1
1507-3
PAINTING:
1-3/4
15077
MATERIALS SCHEDULE: . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15/4
15081
REQUIREMENTS FOR FINAL INSPECTION: . . . . . . .
. 15/6
15083
ADDITIO\AL WORK : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15/8
15100
BALANCING, M&O MANUALS. AND IDENTIFICATION:
15/9
15102
SCOPE: . . .
15/9
15107
MECHANICAL MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION MANUALS:
15/9
15110
AIR FLOV BALANCE AND TEST: . . . . . . . . . . .
. I:5/9
15120
MECHANICAL PAINTING AND IDENTIFICATION: . . . .
. 15/11
1.5250
MECHANICAL INSIALAT10'N: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15/12
15252
WORK I NCLI DED : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15 / 12
15257
GENERAL REQ(IREMENTS: . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 1-:)/12
15261
DOMESTIC HOT AND COLD WATER LINES: . . . . . . .
. 13/12
15269
STEAM SUPPLY AND CONDENSATE RETURN PIPING: . . .
. 15/13
15271
CHILLED SUPPLY AND RETt-RN PIPING: . . . . . . .
. 15/13
15273
PREMOLDED ONE PIECE PVC FITTINGS: . . . . . . .
. 15/14
15278
REMOVABLE PRE -MOLDED INSULATION COVERS: . . . .
. 15/14
15300
FIRE PROTECTION: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15/15
15302
WORK I NCLI "DED : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
15304
APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES: . . . . . . . .
. 15/15
15306
SPRINKLER SYSTEM, WET PIPE: . . . . . . . . . .
. 15/15
15308
PIPE SIZING: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15/17
15400
PLUMBING: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15/18
15402
SCOPE: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 1:)/ 18
15404
PIPING INSTALLATION: . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15/18
15406
MATERIALS: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. ] 5 / 18
15408
CLEANING SYSTEM: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15119
1-3410
TESTS: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15/19
15412
FIXTURE INSTALLATION: . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15/19
15414
FIXTURE SCHEDULE: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 15/20
8776/Division 15 Index/1
Rinks College Plant Science Basement Remodel
Apply additional coats when undercoats, stains or other
conditions show through final paint coat, until paint film is of
uniform finish, color and appearance.
Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as
similar exposed surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently
fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only before
equipment is installed.
Paint interior surfaces of ducts, where visible through
registers or grilles, flat, non—specular black.
Paint back sides of access panels, and removable or hinged
covers to match exposed surfaces.
Finish exterior doors on tops, bottoms and edges same as
exterior faces, unless otherwise indicated.
Sand lightly between succeeding enamel or varnish coats.
Omit first coat (primer) on metal surfaces which have been
shop —primed and touch—up painted, unless otherwise specified.
Apply prime coat to material which is required to be painted or
finished, and which has not been prime coated by others.
Apply each material at not less than manufacturer's recommended
spreading rate, to provide a total dry film to thickness of not
less than 4.0 mils for entire coating system of prime and finish
coats for 3—coat work.
Provide a total dry film thickness of not less than 2.5 mils
for entire coating system of prime and finish coat for 2—coat
work.
Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture and
coverage. Remove, refinish or repaint work not in compliance with
specified requirements.
END OF SECTION 09900
8776/PAINTING 09900 — 3
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Protection: Protect work of other trades. Correct any painting
related damages by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and
refinishing, as directed by Architect.
Coordination: Provide finish coats which are compatible with
prime paints used. Provide barrier coats over incompatible
primers where required. Notify Architect in writing of
anticipated problems using specified coatings with substrates
primed by others.
Surface Preparation: Perform preparation and cleaning procedures
in strict accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions for
each substrate condition.
Remove hardware and accessories, machined surfaces, plates,
lighting fixtures and similar items in place and not to be
finish —painted or provide surface —applied protection.
Reinstall r4moved items and remove protective coverings at
completion of work.
Prepare cementitious surfaces of concrete, concrete block and
similar materials to be painted by removing efflorescence,
chalk, dust, dirt, grease and oils, and by roughing to remove
glaze. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces to
be painted before beginning painting. Do not paint over
surfaces where alkalinity or moisture content exceeds
manufacturer's recommendations.
Seal wood required to be job —painted. Prime edges, ends, face,
undersides and backsides of counters, cases, cabinets,
counters, etc. Use spar varnish for backpriming where
transparent finish is required.
Backprime interior paneling only where masonry, plaster, or
other wet wall construction occurs on backside.
Seal tops, bottoms, and cut—outs of wood doors with heavy coat
of varnish or similar sealer immediately upon delivery to job.
Clean ferrous surfaces which are not galvanized or shop —coated.
Remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign
substances by solvent or mechanical cleaning. Touch—up shop —
applied prime coats wherever damaged.
Clean galvanized surfaces free of oil and surface contaminants
with non —petroleum based solvent.
Material Preparation: Mix, prepare, and store painting and
finishing materials in accordance with manufacturer's directions.
Application: Apply painting and finishing materials in accordance
with manufacturer's directions. Use applicators, and techniques
best suited for materials and surfaces to which applied.
8776/PAINTING 09900 — 2
MT MOM crTVWi V lDVMf1T1F.T.
SECTION 09900 — PAINTING
Submittals: Prior to beginning work, Architect will furnish color
chips for surfaoaa to ba Fiaiiitat Ir► aa�itiort to marmfaot'arEriz,
data, application instructions, and label analysis for Each
coating material, submit samples for Architect's review of color
and texture only. Resubmit samples if requested until required
sheen, color and texture is achieved.
On 12" x 12" hardboard, provide 2 samples of each color and
material, with texture to simulate finish conditions.
On wood surfaces, provide two 4" x 8" samples for natural and
stained wood finish.
On concrete masonry, provide two 4" square samples of masonry
for each type of finish and color, defining filler, prime and
finish coats.
On actual wall surfaces and other building components,
duplicate painted finishes of acceptable samples, as directed
by Architect.
Description of Work Painting and finishing of interior and
exterior items and surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.
Includes field painting of bare and covered pipes and ducts
(including color coding), and hangers, exposed steel and iron
work, and primed metal surfaces of equipment installed under
mechanical and electrical work.
Paint exposed surfaces, except as otherwise indicated, whether
or not colors are designated. If not designated, colors will be
selected by Architect from standard colors available for the
coatings required.
Work Not Included: Unless otherwise indicated, shop priming of
ferrous metal items and fabricated components are included under
their respective trades. Pre -finished items, such as metal toilet
partitions, acoustic material and the like, are not included.
Unless otherwise indicated, painting not required on surfaces of
concealed areas except for piping, equipment and other such items
within the concealed spaces. Finished metals such as anodized
aluminum, stainless steel, bronze, and similar metals will not be
painted. Do not paint any moving parts of operating units, or over
any equipment identification, performance rating, name or
nomenclature plates or code -required labels.
Delivery and Storage: Deliver materials to job site in new,
original, and unopened containers bearing manufacturer's name,
trade name, and label analysis. Store where indicated in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
Job Conditions: Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog or mist or
when relative humidity exceeds 85%. Do not apply paint to damp or
wet surfaces.
8776/PAINTING 09900 - 1
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide products by one of the following manufacturers:
Burke
Flexco
Roppe
Installation: Comply with flooring manufacturer's recommendations
for type(s) of materials, project conditions, and intended use.
Clean floors and apply leveling compound and substrate primer if
required, in accordance with flooring manufacturer's instructions.
Place resilient flooring continuously under locations of movable
partition systems.
Lay tile flooring from center marks established with principal
walls; adjust as required to avoid use of cut units less than 1/2
tile wide at perimeters. Match tiles for color ana pattern by
using in manufactured and packaged sequence.
Lay the with grain running in same direction.
Apply wall base in lengths as long as practicable to walls,
columns, and all permanent fixtures where indicated. Mitered
outside corners not acceptable.
On masonry or other irregular surfaces, fill voids behind base
and along top edge with manufacturer's recommended adhesive
filler.
At stairways, apply resilient accessories in strict compliance with
manufacturer's installation instructions. Fill voids at nosing
with epoxy calk.
Install resilient edge strips at edges of resilient flooring which
would otherwise be exposed.
Clean floors and accessories after installation and apply
protective polish in accordance with flooring manufacturer's
instructions. Omit polish on "no -wax" flooring and tile indicated
for "no -wax maintenance".
END OF SLV SECTION 09650
6776\RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 2
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
SECTION 09650 - RESILIENT FLOORING
Submittals: With manufacturer's product data and installation
instructions, submit the following:
Samples of each type, color and pattern of resilient flooring
and accessories.; full size for tile, 6" x 9" for sheet
flooring, and 6" long for accessories.
Maintenance instructions for each type of flooring.
Replacement material in the amount of one box for every 50
installed for til@ dhd § lih§af yafdF3 16F §h@@t €166€jttg: i6z
each type, color and pattern.
Colors and Patterns: As scheduled or shown, or as selected by
Architect from manufacturer's standard colors and patterns.
Vinyl Composition Tile: FS SS-T-312, Type IV, composition as
indicated below; 12" x 12" x 1/8" gage unless otherwise indicated.
Composition 1 - asbestos free.
Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide products by one of the following manufacturers:
Azrock
Kent i le
Tarkett Inc.
Rubber Wall Base: FS SS-W-40, Type I; 4" high; 1/8" gage; with
matching end stops and preformed corner units; standard top -set
cove; unless otherwise indicated.
Resilient Stair Treads: Single -piece units for width of stair or
equal -length units if tread width exceeds available manufactured
lengths.
Provide rubber treads, FS RR-T-650, Type A, Class 1; size and
style indicated.
Resilient Stair Risers: Single -piece risers for height and width
of stair risers, or equal -sized units if riser width exceeds
available manufactured lengths.
Provide rubber risers to match treads.
Resilient Edge Strips: Not less than 1" width; 1/8" gage.; tapered
bullnose edge, color to match flooring or as selected by Architect.
8776\RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 1
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Acrylbond TA 365; H. B. Fuller Co.
Laticrete 3701 for setting bed and grout, 4237 for bond
coat; Laticrete International, Inc.
Hydroment Multipurpose Acrylic Latex Additive; Upco Division,
Emhart Corp.
Water: Potable, neutral ph.
Resin Mortar for Joints: ASTM C 395, of resin and filler type
indicated below:
Resin and Filler Type: High adhesive furan, carbon -filled.
Miscellaneous Materials:
Sealer: Phenolic -type of acrylic base, non -slip, clear.
Set brick in patterns indicated with uniform joints of width
indicated.
Expansion and Control Joints: Of width and at locations
indicated. Sealant work is specified in Division 7.
Latex -Modified Portland Cement Applications: Comply with printed
directions of liquid latex mortar additive manufacturer for
installation of brick by method indicated below:
Thick -bed method.
Portland Cement Applications: Comply with ASTM C 398.
Tilesetter'sMethod: Comply with ASTM C 723.
Combination Cement Bed and Resin Grout Applications: Comply with
ASTM C 398 for applications of brick in hydraulic cement mortar
setting bed and with ASTM C 723 for grouting joints with resin
grout of type indicated.
Repair, point, clean and protect brick flooring to comply with
referenced standards, and manufacturer's directions.
Seal and wax cleaned brick surfaces.
END OF SLV SECTION 09635
8776\BRICK FLOORING 09635 - 2
SECTION 09635 - BRICK FLOORING
Submittals: With manufacturer's technical data and installation
instructions for brick flooring, submit 3 samples of each type,
color and texture of exposed brick required.
Submit cured samples of each type of colored grout.
Colors and Textures: As indicated, if not otherwise indicated, as
selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard colors and
textures.
Light Traffic Paving Brick: ASTM C 902; solid (uncored) brick of
size, class, type and application indicated.
Class SX, Type I:
Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
the following, or approved equal:
Interpace paver, 1" x 8" x 8", nominal.
Pre -wax exposed surface where resin -based mortars and grouts
are indicated.
Materials for Portland Cement Applications:
Aggregate: ASTM C 144.
Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I.
Color: Natural or white to produce required color of grout.
Colored Pigmented Grout: Factory -prepackaged mixture of
cement, fine aggregates and color fast pigments formulated for
mixing with liquid latex admixture.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
one of the following:
TA 660 Joint Filler Floor Grout; H.B. Fuller Co.
Laticrete Floor Grout and Joint Filler; Laticrete
International Inc.
Hydroment Grout; Upco Division, Emhart Corp.
Customs Building Products.
Liquid Admixture for Setting Bed, Bond Coat and Grout: Acrylic
resin or styrene butadiene rubber formulations in
factory -diluted or concentrated form, designated by
manufacturer for use with thick -bed mortar, bond coat and grout
applications.
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one
of the following:
8776\BRICK FLOORING 09635 - '
Metal Direct -Hung Suspension Systems: Direct -hung systems, roll -
formed from prefinished cold -rolled steel sheet, with hanger wire,
attachment devices and edge moldings and trim.
Non -Fire -Resistance -Rated Exposed Double Web Steel Suspension
System with 9/16" Wide Exposed Faces:
Structural Classification: Intermediate -Duty System.
Finish: Painted, white.
Carrying Channels: 1 1/2" steel channels, hot -rolled or
cold -rolled. Not less than 0.475 lbs. per lin. ft.
Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide
products of one of the following:
Chicago Metallic Corporation.
Donn Corporation.
Eastern Products Div., Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
National Rolling Mills, Inc.
Instal lat ion:
Layout: Balance ceiling borders on opposite sides, using more -
than -half -width actual units.
Tolerance: 1/8" in 12'-0" level tolerance.
Pattern Direction: One-way, align joints.
Suspension System: Secure to building structure, with hangers
spaced 4'-0" along supported members.
Edge Moldings: Secure to substrate with screw anchors spaced 16"
O.C. Miter corner joints.
Cope exposed edges of intersecting exposed suspension members to
produce flush intersections.
Install acoustical tile with spline (or suspension flange) or
tongue and groove at each joint.
END OF SLV SECTION 09510
6776\ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 2
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
SECTION 09510 - ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
General:
Acoustical Panel and Tile Standard: FS SS-S-118.
Acoustical Suspension System Standards: ASTM C 635 for materials,
ASTM C 636 for installation.
Surface Burning Characteristics: 25 or less for flame spread, 50
or less for smoke developed, per ASTM E 84.
Fire -Resistance -Ratings: As determined per ASTM E 119 and as
indicated by reference to design designations in UL "Fire Resis-
tance Directory".
Submittals: In addition to submission of product data for each
type of acoustical ceiling unit and suspension system required,
submit the following:
6" square samples of each type of acoustical unit required.
Set of 12" long samples of exposed runners and moldings.
Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials
matching products installed and equaling 2.0% of acoustical units
and exposed suspension members installed. Package materials in
protective covering and identified with appropriate labels.
Products:
Mineral Composition Panels - Nodulated, Cast or Molded; with
Standard Washable Painted Finish:
Fissured Pattern:
Color/Light Reflectance:
STC Range: 40-44.
Edge Detail: Square.
Size: As indicated.
White/LR 1 (7596 and over).
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one
of the following:
"Second Look" I Lay -in, Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
"Safetone"-White "Hytone" Customline Mosaic CL 812; Celotex
Corp., Jim Walter Co.
"Auratone" Illusion Eight/12 Omni Fissured, USG Acoustical
Products Co. -
8776\ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS 09510 - 1
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
thin —set tile and similar rigid applied finishes at tubs, �r
showers, and similar "wet" areas.
Screw gypsum board to wood supports.
Screw gypsum board to metal supports.
Screw both layers to supports where double —layer work is
indicated or otherwise required.
Direct Bonding: Comply with manufacturer's recommendations
where gypsum board is indicated to be directly bonded to
substrate.
Do not bridoe building expansion joints. Leave space of the
width indicated between boards. Apply compounds indicated below
at accessory flanges, penetrations, fastener heads and surface
defects.
Drywall Finishing: Apply joint tape and joint compound 6t
joints between gypsum boards. Apply compounds indicated below
at accessory flanges, penetrations, fastener heads and surface
defects.
Install compound in 3 coats (plus prefill of cracks where
recommended by manufacturer); sand between coats and after
last coat.
Embedding and First Coat: Ready —mix drying type all—
purpose of taping compound.
Fill (Second) Coat: Ready —mix drying type all—purpose or
topping compound.
Fill (Third) Coat: Ready —mix drying type all—purpose or
topping compound.
Treat water—resistant gypsum backing board joints with tape
and setting —type joint compound to comply with gypsum board
manufacturer's directions.
Treat water—resistant gypsum board joints, fastener heads,
out edges and penetrations in water—resistant backing board
to comply with gypsum board manufacturer's directions.
END OF SECTION 09250
8776/GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 — 4
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Sound Attenuation Blankets:
fiber blanket insulation.
Execution:
ASTM C 665, Type I, unfaced mineral
Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and ASTM C 840.
Do not bridge building expansion joints with support systems,
frame both sides of joints with furring or other supports as
indicated.
Secure hangers to structural support by connecting directly to
structure where possible, otherwise connect to inserts or other
anchorage devices or fasteners as indicated.
Install direct -hung grid suspension system, including perimeter
wall track or angle, with members spaced and installed to comply
with manufacturer's instructions.
Space furring members 16" o. c.
Install steel studs with bottom and top runner tracks anchored
to substrates. Isolate system from building structure to
prevent transfer of loading and deflections into metal support
system, both vertically and horizontally.
Frame door and other openings with studs and runners and gage,
number and arrangement to comply with manufacturer's recommenda-
tions for size of opening, weight of doors and height and stud
size, unless otherwise indicated.
Install thermal insulation and Z-furring members to comply with
manufacturer's directions.
Install supplementary framing• runners, furring, blocking and
bracing at openings and terminations in gypsum drywall and where
required for support of other work which cannot be adequately
supported on gypsum board alone.
Install and finish gypsum board to comply with ASTM C 840 and as
follows:
Form "Floating" construction for gypsum boards at internal
corners, except where special isolation or edge trim is
indicated.
Isolate drywall construction from abutting structural and
masonry work; provide edge trim and acoustical sealant as
recommended by manufacturer.
Install sound attenuation blankets where indicated, without
gaps; and support where necessary to prevent movement or
dislocation.
Install water-resistant backing board where indicated to receive
8776/GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 " 3
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, 0.0179 inch base lr'
metal thickness, hat -shaped.
Where shown as "Resilient provide manufacturer's special
type designed to reduce sound transmission.
Z-Furring Members: Zee -shaped, 0.0179 inch base metal thick-
nessr steel, galvanized, ASTM A 525, G60; for mechanical
attachment of insulation, to masonry/concrete walls.
Gypsum Board: Provide gypsum board of types indicated in maximum r
lengths available to minimize end -to -end joints.
Type: Type X.
Edges: Tapered.
Trim Accessories: ASTM C 840; manufacturer's standard trim
accessories, including cornerbead and edge trim of beaded type with
face flanges for concealment in joint compound except where semi -
finishing or exposed type is indicated.
Provide corner bead formed from zinc alloy.
Provide one-piece control joints with 1/4 inch wide by 7/16 inch
deep vee-shaped slot, covered with removable tape, of roll -
formed zinc or extruded vinyl as recommended by gypsum board
manufacturer.
Gypsum Board Joint Treatment Materials: ASTM C 475 and ASTM C 840,
and as follows:
Joint Tape: Paper reinforcing tape.
Drying -Type Joint Compound: Factory -prepackaged vinyl -based
products complying with the following requirements:
Ready -Mix Formulation: Factory -premixed product.
Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and first coat
over fasteners and flanges of corner beads and edge trim.
Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish
(third) coats.
Miscellaneous Materials: As follows, recommended by gypsum board
manufacturer:
Gypsum Board Screws: ASTM C 1002.
Gypsum Board Nails: ASTM C 514.
Concealed Acoustical Sealant: Comply with requirements
specified in Division-7 Section "Joint Sealers".
6776/GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 - 2
flTf YC r-nT_T.7r:Ti:1 PT.ANT grTFNCE REMODEL
SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM DRYWALL
General:
Fire -Resistance Rating: Provide gypsum drywall construction fire -
resistance ratings indicated, conforming to assemblies tested per
ASTM E 119 by inspecting and testing organization acceptable to
authorities having -jurisdiction.
Products:
Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements provide
gypsum board and related products of one of the following:
Centex American Gypsum Co.
Domtar Gypsum Co.
Georgia-Pacif is Corp.
Gold Bond Building Products Div., National Gypsum Co.
United States Gypsum Co.
Steel Framing Components for Suspended Ceilings: As follows, sized
per ASTM C 754, unless otherwise indicated:
Cold -Rolled Steel Channels: 0.0598 inch thickness of base
metal and 7/16 inch wide flanges, protected with rust -inhibitive
paint, and as follows:
Carrying Channels: 1-1/2 inches deep, 475 lbs per 1000 ft.
Furring Channels: 3/4 inch deep, 300 lbs per 1000 ft.
Wires for Hangers and Trim: ASTM A 641, soft, Class 1 zinc
coating.
Concrete Inserts: Embedded type capable of sustaining a load
equal to 3 times that imposed by ceiling construction, as
determined from testing per ASTM E 488, calculated loading.
Steel Rigid furring Channels: ASTM C 645.
Where shown as "Resilient", provide manufacturer's special
type designed to reduce sound transmission.
Steel Studs for Furring Channels: ASTM C 645.
Grid Suspension System: ASTM C 645, manufacturer's standard
grid suspension system composed of main beams and cross furring
members which interlock to form a modular supporting network.
Steel Framing for Walls and Partitions: Comply with ASTM C 754 and
the following:
Steel Studs find Runners: ASTM C 645, 0.0179 inch base metal
thickness unless otherwise indicated.
8776/GYPSUM DRYWALL 09250 - 1
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCTFN('F REMODEL
If f 1naledom .r, ?3itL Itel latlaw c * -7a'S
-J66 vrju w: S LTt ,ac:,r*i T. 7 t- d,r, T dxr
r'
U
0
from construction operations; remove any such substances by method
approved by glass manufacturer.
Wash glass on both faces not more than 4 days prior to date
scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of substantial
completion. Wash glass by method recommended by glass manufac-
turer.
END OF SECTION 08800
8776/GLASS AND GLAZING 08800 - 3
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
Clear Tempered Float Glass: Kind FT, Condition A, Type I, Class
1, Quality q3.
Manufacturing Process: Vertical (tong -held) or horizontal
(roller -hearth).
Provide heat -treated panes of kind and at locations indicated
and as recommended by glass manufacturer for application
indicated.
Thickness of Each Pane: 1/4".
Tempered clear float glass.
Glazing Sealant: Comply with sealant and glass manufacturers for
selection of glass sealants which suit project application and
installation conditions and which are compatible with surfaces
contacted. Provide color of exposed sealants indicated or as
selected by Architect.
C).
2-Part PolVsulfide Glazing Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type M; Grade
NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and, as applicable, 0.
Preformed Butyl-PolVisobutylene Glazing Tape: AAMA 804.1, with
or without continuous spacer rod as recommended by manufacturers
of tape and glass for application indicated.
Cleaners, Primers and Sealers: Type recommended by manufacturer of
sealants/gaskets.
Blocks and Spacers: Neoprene, EPDM or silicone as required for
compatibility with glazing sealants; of 80 to 90 Shore A hardness
for setting blocks and, for spacers and edge blocks, of hardness
recommended by glass and sealant manufacturer for application
indicated.
Compressible Filler Rods: Closed -cell or waterproof -jacketed rod
stock of synthetic rubber or plastic foam, 5-10 psi compression
strength for 25 percent compression.
Glass Installation (Glazing):
General: Comply with referenced FGMA standards and instructions of
manufacturers of glass, glazing sealants, and gaskets, to achieve
airtight and watertight performance, and to minimize breakage.
Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation.
Inspect glass during installation and discard pieces with edge
damage that could affect glass performance.
'Set units of glass in each series with uniformity of pattern, draw,
bow and similar characteristics.
Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting
8776/GLASS AND GLAZING 08800 -
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
SECTION 08800 - GLASS AND GLAZING
General•
Glazing Standards: Comply with FGMA "Glazing Manual" and "Sealant
Manual".
Safety Glazing Standard: Comply with ANSI Z97.1 and testing
requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 for category II materials.
Fire Resistance Rated Wire Glass: Provide UL-labeled and listed
products, identical with those tested per ASTM E 163 (UL 9).
Preconstruction Sealant -Substrate Tests: Submit glass and glazing
substrate materials to manufacturer of glazing sealants for testing
to determine if primers are required and for sealant compatibility.
Submittals: In addition to product data submit the following:
Samples of each glass indicated, except for clear single pane
units; and of each type of sealant or gasket exposed to view.
Certificates of compliance from glass and glazing materials
manufacturers.
Test reports for sealant -substrate adhesion and sealant
compatibility.
Products:
Glass Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements,
provide products of one of the following:
AFG Industries, Inc
Ford Glass Division.
Guardian Industries Corp.
LOF Glass, Inc.
PPG Industries Inc.
Sizes: Fabricate glass of thicknesses indicated and to sizes
required for glazing openings indicated, with edge clearances and
tolerances complying with recommendations of glass manufacturer.
Primary Glass Products: Comply with ASTM C 1036 for the following:
Clear Float Glass: Type I, Class 1, Quality q3.
Polished Wire Glass: Type II, Class 1, Quality q8, Form 1,
Complying with ANSI 27197.1; 1/4" thick; of mesh indicated below:
Mesh m2 - square.
Uncoated Heat -Treated Float Glass Products: Comply with ASTM C
1048 and with manufacturing process indicated for the following:
8776/GLASS AND GLAZING 08800 - 1
RICKS COLLEGE/ PLANT SCIENCE REMODEL
mm.-9-lrp
150 South Arthur
Suite 207
Pocatello, Idaho 83204
(208) 232-5981
ARCHITECTS/PLANNERS